CASE 580M 580M TURBO 580 SUPER M 580 SUPER M+ 590 SUPER M SERIES 2 LOADER BACKHOE PDF DOWNLOAD

580M 580M TURBO 580 SUPER M 580 SUPER M+ 590 SUPER M SERIES 2 LOADER BACKHOE

Issued December, 2006 Book/Form Number 87592031 NA • Printed in U.S.A. • Bur Copyright © 2006. CNH America, LLC. All Rights Reserved.

TRIM THIS EDGE Title Page - Right-Hand Page (First Page) Bur 87592031

TRIM THIS EDGE

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT SAFETY MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL. WHEN YOU SEE THIS SYMBOL, CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT FOLLOWS AND BE ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY M171D

Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning, or Caution, which are defined as follows:

• DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.

• WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.

• CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW. If Safety Decals on this machine are ISO two panel Pictorial, decals are defined as follows:

TRIM THIS EDGE

• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.

• The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.

• Background color is YELLOW • Prohibition symbols such as and STOP if used, are RED.

IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT EVERY OPERATOR: • Is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.

• Reads and understands the Manual(s) pertaining to the machine.

• Reads and understands ALL Safety Decals on the machine.

• Clears the area of other persons.

• Learns and practices safe use of machine controls in a safe, clear area before operating this machine on a job site.

It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and follow the manufacture’s instructions on machine operation and maintenance.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

Battery post, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

TRIM THIS EDGE Title Page - Left-Hand Page (Second Page) Bur 87592031

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 FRONT CONSOLE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 STANDARD TRANSMISSION CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . 52 FOOT PEDALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 LOADER CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 BACKHOE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC ATTACHMENT CONTROL FOR BACKHOES. . . 88 SEAT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 STANDARD PEDESTAL SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 MECHANICAL SUSPENSION SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 AIR SUSPENSION SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 CAB AIR LOUVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 CAB AND CANOPY OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 RUN-IN PERIOD FOR A NEW MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 ENGINE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 MACHINE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 OPERATING IN HOT WEATHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 LOADER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 LOADER HYDRAULIC COUPLER (OPTIONAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 I

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Chapter First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 M SERIES 2 LOADER BACKHOES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 OPERATOR MANUAL STORAGE COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 MACHINE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SAFETY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 UTILITY SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 PERSONAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 CAST DUCTILE IRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 HAND SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BACKHOE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 VANDAL LOCKUP KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 WHEELS/TIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

TRIM THIS EDGE

LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 ENGINE HOURMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SYSTEMGARD LUBRICATION ANALYSIS PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 THE ENGINE HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 LOADER GREASE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 BACKHOE GREASE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 FLUID LEVELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 ENGINE SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 AIR FILTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 LOADER RETURN-TO-DIG ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 FAN DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 PILOT CONTROL ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 CAB AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 FIRE EXTINGUISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 BULB REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 FUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 ACCESSORY OUTLETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 MACHINE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 STORAGE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 REMOVAL FROM STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 II

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 LOADER BUCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 580 M DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 580M OPERATIONAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 LIFT CAPACITIES 580M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 LOADER BUCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580 SUPER M + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 580 SUPER M + DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 580 SUPER M + OPERATIONAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 LIFT CAPACITIES 580 SUPER M + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 LOADER BUCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 BACKHOE BUCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 590 SUPER M DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 590 SUPER M OPERATIONAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 LIFT CAPACITIES 590 SUPER M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

III

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 LOADER BUCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580 SUPER M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 580 SUPER M DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 580 SUPER M OPERATIONAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 LIFT CAPACITIES 580 SUPER M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

TRIM THIS EDGE IV

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

TRIM THIS EDGE

M SERIES 2 LOADER BACKHOES

BD05C033

This manual contains important information about the safe operation, adjustment and maintenance of your Case Loader Backhoe. Refer to the Detail Index at the end of this manual for locating specific items about your machine. The Loader Backhoe conforms to current safety regulations.

Use this manual as a guide. Your Loader Backhoe will remain a reliable working tool as long as it is kept in working condition and serviced properly.

DO NOT operate or permit anyone to operate or service this machine until you or the other persons have read and understand the safety, operation and maintenance instructions in this manual. Use only trained operators who have demonstrated the ability to operate and service this machine correctly and safely.

1

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD03K067

The attachments and equipment available for use with this machine are intended for general earth moving purposes, handling, ditch digging, etc. Read the manual(s) provided with the attachment to learn safe maintenance and operation of the machine. Make sure the machine is suitably equipped for the type of work to be performed.

DO NOT use this machine for any application or purpose other than those described in this manual. If the machine is to be used in an application that involves special attachments or equipment, such as forestry, etc., consult an authorized dealer. Consult an authorized dealer on changes, additions or modifications that can be required for this machine to comply with various country regulations and safety requirements. Unauthorized modifications will cause serious injury or death. Anyone making such unauthorized modifications is responsible for the consequences.

This Operators Manual is to be stored in the manual compartment equipped on this machine. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Consult your Dealer to obtain additional manuals or manuals in other languages. A SAFETY VIDEO is included with each machine. Take the time to watch this safety video and understand its content.

Consult your Dealer for any further information or assistance about your machine.

Your dealer has approved service parts.

2

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

OPERATOR MANUAL STORAGE COMPARTMENT READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure you understand the controls. All equipment has a limit.

Make sure you understand the speed, brakes, steering, stability and load characteristics of this machine before you start to operate.

1

DO NOT remove this manual or the safety manual from the machine. See your dealer for additional manuals.

BD03H030

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. OPERATORS MANUAL STORAGE COMPARTMENT

BD03H042

Always face the machine and use the hand rails and steps when getting on or getting off. Do not rush.

3

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE Right-hand, left-hand, front, and rear, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of the machine as seen from the operators seat.

2

2

1

3

1

3

TRIM THIS EDGE

4

Backhoe

Basic Machine and Loader

B890918J / B890917J

1. LEFT-HAND

2. FRONT

3. RIGHT-HAND

4

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

4. REAR

TO THE OWNER

Write the Product Identification Number (P.I.N.) and the engine serial number on the lines provided below. If needed, give these numbers to your Dealer when you need parts or information for your machine. Keep a record of these numbers and your Manufacturers Statement of Origin in a safe place. If the machine is stolen, report the numbers to your local law enforcement agency.

MACHINE MODEL NUMBER .................................................................................

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ................................................................

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER ...................................................................................

ROPS CAB .............................................................................................................

ROPS CANOPY .....................................................................................................

TRANSMISSION ....................................................................................................

REAR AXLE ............................................................................................................

FRONT DRIVE AXLE (Four Wheel Drive Machines) .............................................................................

4-IN-1 LOADER BUCKET (Part Number) ..............................................................

STANDARD LOADER BUCKET (Part Number) .....................................................

BACKHOE BUCKET (Part Number) ......................................................................

P.I.N.

Engine Serial Number

BD03H009

BD03F016

5

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

TO THE OWNER

ROPS Cab

ROPS Canopy

BD00J045

BD03K063

Front Axle (Four Wheel Drive Axle Shown)

Standard Transmission

TRIM THIS EDGE BP98J008 BD00J123

Powershift Transmission

Rear Axle

BD00J134 BD00J127

6

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

4-In-1 Loader Bucket (Part Number)

Standard Loader Bucket (Part Number)

BP98J011 BP98J010

TRIM THIS EDGE

Backhoe Bucket (Part Number)

BD00J114

7

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

MACHINE COMPONENTS 9

4

3

8 7

1

5 TRIM THIS EDGE

2

6

BD00G124

1. LIFT ARM SUPPORT STRUT 2. STABILIZER 3. BOOM 4. EXTENDABLE DIPPER 5. BACKHOE BUCKET 6. FUEL TANK AND STEP 7. STANDARD LOADER BUCKET 8. ENGINE HOOD 9. ROPS CAB

8

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TO THE OWNER

MACHINE COMPONENTS 4

1

2

5 6 1. LOADER CONTROLS 2. LOADER LIFT ARMS 3. BACKHOE CONTROLS 4. EXHAUST PIPE 5. HYDRAULIC TANK 6. BATTERY BOX AND TOOL BOX (IF EQUIPPED)

9

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

BD00G122

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

TO THE OWNER

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 10

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY RULES Most accidents involving machine operation and maintenance can be avoided by following basic rules and precautions. Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual, the AEM (Association of Equipment Manufacturers) Safety Manual, the safety decals on the machine and the Safety Video, before you operate or service the machine. See your Dealer if you have any questions.

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure you understand the characteristics of speed, stability, 1 steering, and operation of this machine.

The safety information given in this manual does not replace safety codes, insurance regulations, or federal, state/ provincial, or local laws. Make sure your machine has the correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

BD00F137

1. OPERATOR’S MANUAL STORAGE

Safety messages in this section point out situations which can be encountered during the normal operation and maintenance of your machine. These safety messages also give possible ways of dealing with these conditions.

IMPORTANT: The safety messages in this section point out situations which can happen during the normal operation and maintenance of your machine. These safety messages also give possible ways of dealing with these conditions.

Additional safety messages appear in the manual to indicate specific safety hazards.

Additional safety messages are used in the text of the manual to show specific safety hazards.

WARNING: This safety alert symbol indicates important safety messages in this manual. When you see this symbol, carefully read the message that follows and be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

M171B

11

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Do not remove this manual or the safety manual from this machine. See your Case dealer for additional manuals. Also see the inside of the rear cover of this manual for detailed information for ordering manuals.

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

UTILITY SAFETY Safety precaution MUST be followed when working near buried Utility Lines.

During operation it is likely that you will be working around or near buried utility lines which may include, but are not limited to:

• Electrical Power Line • Gas Line • Water Line • Communication Line - Telephone or Cable Television

TRIM THIS EDGE

Before beginning any trenching, drilling or other construction work it is your responsibility to be aware of all such utility lines buried in the area of your project and to avoid them.

A LWAY S h a v e a l l l o c a l u t i l i t y companies mark the location of their lines.

RH99G001

CALL ALL LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES BEFORE YOU TRENCH/DRILL

Know the utility color code (U.S.A. and Canada): Electric ........................................... Red Gas, Oil, or Petroleum................ Yellow Communication, Telephone, Television ..................................Orange Water............................................. Blue Sewer .............................. Green/Brown Proposed Excavation .................. White Surveying ...................................... Pink Reclaimed Water and Slurry ...... Purple

In U.S.A. and Canada call one of many “One Call System Director” services. If you do not know the local number, call t h e n a t i o n a l nu m b e r ( U. S. A . a n d Canada only): 1-888-258-0808.

Check with local authorities for laws, regulations and/or strict penalties requiring you to locate and avoid existing utilities.

After locating the utility lines, carefully dig a hole by hand and/or automatic vacuum equipment to the utility line to verify the location and depth of the line.

12

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

PERSONAL SAFETY Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning or Caution, which are defined as follows:

• DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.

• WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided will result in serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.

• CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW.

• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.

• The second panel indicates the appropriate avoidance of the hazard.

• Background color is YELLOW. • Prohibition symbols such as and STOP if used are RED.

13

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

ISO two panel pictorial symbol decals are defined as follows:

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

OPERATOR PRECAUTIONS Personnel • If your machine is equipped with pilot controls you must always know which contol pattern is engaged before actuating the hydraulics.

• Be prepared for emergencies. Always have a first aid kit and a working fire extinguisher with you and know how to use each.

• Avoid loose fitting clothing, loose or uncovered long hair, jewelry and loose personal articles.

• Know and use the protective equipment that is to be worn when operating this machine. Hard hats, protective glasses, protective shoes, gloves, reflector type vests, respirators and ear protection are examples of typed of equipment that may be required.

• Certain protective equipment should be replaced and renewed upon age and wear. Old hard hats may not afford the original users intention. Faded and soiled vest are no longer as highly visible as original intent. See the manufacture’s recommendation.

TRIM THIS EDGE

• Do not rush. Walk, do not run.

• Know and use the hand signals required for particular jobs and know who has the responsibility for signaling.

General • It is the responsibility of the operator to read and understand the Operator’s Manual and other information provided and use the correct operating procedure. Machines should be operated only by qualified operators.

• Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training and read and fully understand the instructions and warnings in this manual.

• Wear the seat belt to maximize the protection capability of a ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) when the machine is so equipped.

• Inspect the ROPS and seat belt mounting bolts on a daily basis to ensure their integrity.

• Do not permit riders on the machine.

• Make sure that all protective guards, canopies, doors, etc. are in place and secure.

• Remove all loose object stored in the machine. Remove all objects which do not belong in or on the machine and its equipment.

14

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Mounting And Dismounting Precautions • Use the recommended hand holds and steps with at least three points of support when getting on and off the machine. Keep steps and platform clean.

Face the access system when climbing up and down

• Do not jump off the machine.

• Do not dismount while the machine is in motion.

• Foreign material or grease on the steps and hand rails can cause an accident.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Keep the steps and hand rails clean.

BD03H042

15

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Starting And Stopping Precautions • Walk around the machine and warn all personnel who may be servicing the machine or are in the machine path prior to starting. Do not start until all personnel are clearly away from the machine. Sound the horn, if equipped, before starting.

• Walk around the machines tool, attachment, or furthermost contact point to view operation danger area from the worksite personnel view and angle.

• Check that the parking device is applied, place the transmission in neutral or park as specified by the manufacturer, and disengage the PTO, if so equipped, before starting the machine.

• Adjust, secure and latch the seat and fasten the seat belt before starting the machine. Make sure that, when sitting firmly against the back of the seat, you can operate all control, brakes and necessary functions, through there entire range of motion.

• Start and operate the machine only from the operator’s station.

• Do not bypass the machine’s neutral-start system. The neutral-start system TRIM THIS EDGE

must be repaired if it malfunctions.

• Use jumper cables only in the recommended manner. Improper use can result in battery explosion or unexpected machine motion. Ventilate the battery area before using jumper cables. Make sure that using jumper cables will not interfere or harm electronic processing or computer devices.

• Do not operate the engine in an enclosed area without adequate ventilation.

• Park the machine on level ground whenever possible and apply the parking brake. On grades, park the machine with the wheels or track securely blocked.

• Before leaving the operator’s station, place the transmission in the park position, lower the equipment to the ground or put in the locked position, disengage the PTO, if so equipped, set the parking device and shut off the engine.

• Remove the starter key or master electrical disconnect switch, (if equipped), when leaving the machine parked or unattended.

Operating Precautions • Check brakes, steering and other machine control devices in accordance with maintenance instructions, prior to starting operation. Observe all gauges or warning instruments for proper operation. Operate all controls to insure proper operation. If any malfunctions are found, remove the starter key or disconnect switch key. Place a do not operate tag on the machine until the malfunction is corrected.

16

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

• If a failure that causes loss of control such as steering, service brakes or engine occurs, stop the machine motion as quickly as possible, remove the starter key or disconnect switch key. Place a do not operate tag on the machine and keep it securely parked until the malfunction is corrected or the machine can be safely towed.

• Understand the machine limitations and keep the machine under control.

• Operate and drive the machine with care and at speed compatible with conditions. Use extra caution when operating over rough ground, on slopes, and when turning.

• Note and avoid all hazards and obstructions such as ditches, underground lines, trees, cliffs, overhead electrical wires or areas where there is danger of a slide.

road signs and flagmen.

• Know and understand that job site conditions may change on an hourly basis.

Hills of dirt, debris or obstructions may grow and change from the time you began the day. It is your responsibility to monitor the changes and keep the machine, tools and attachments, etc. a safe distance.

• Watch for bystanders and never allow anyone to be under or to reach through the machine and its equipment while operating.

• Select a gear that will prevent excessive speed when going downhill. Do not coast downhill.

• When roading a machine, know and use the signaling devices required on the machine. Provide and escort for roading where required.

• On machines with independently operated wheel brakes, lock the brake pedals together when roading to provide equalized brake application.

• Use the recommended transport devices when roading the machine.

• Use the approved drawbar and / or attachment point, (if equipped), when using the machine for towing. If a cable or chain is used, keep people away from the tow line.

• Before you operate at night, check that all lamps illuminate.

• Engine exhaust fumes can cause death. If you operate this machine in an enclosed area, make sure there is ventilation to replace the exhaust fumes with fresh air.

• If your machine has a cab make sure that all windows are clean and that the windshield wipers work correctly.

17

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

• Carry loads in recommended positions for maximum stability.

• Never lift loads in excess of capacity.

• Use the recommended machine ballast and counterweighting.

• Know and understand the job site traffic flow patterns and obey signalmen,

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

• Check all controls in a clear area and make sure the machine is operating correctly.

• Dust, fog, smoke, etc., can decrease your vision and cause an accident. Stop the machine or decrease the speed until you can see.

• Contact with high voltage power lines, underground cables, etc., can cause serious injury or death from electrocution.

• Before you drive or operate in an area with high voltage lines, cables, or a power station, tell the power or utility company what you are going to do. You MUST HAVE THE POWER DISCONNECTED OR KEEP A SAFE WORKING DISTANCE from the lines, cables, or power station. Keep all parts of the machine at least 4.6 m (15 feet) away from the power source. You must also know any federal, state/provincial, or local safety codes or regulations that apply to the job site.

• If a part of the machine touches high voltage power: 1. Warn other workers NOT TO TOUCH THE MACHINE and to stay away from the machine.

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. If you can break contact, reverse the operation that caused contact with the high voltage power, and move the machine away from the danger area. If you cannot break contact stay in the machine until the utility company deenergizes the line and tells you that the power is off.

• If you have extreme conditions, such as a fire, etc., and you are forced to leave the machine, do not step off the machine. Jump as far from the machine as possible with your feet together and do not touch the ground with your hands.

• Do not operate the machine if you do not feel well. This can be dangerous for you and for the people around you.

• You must make a judgment if weather, road, or earth conditions will permit safe operation on a hill, ramp, or rough ground.

• Stay away from hazardous areas such as ditches, overhangs, etc. Walk around the work area before you start and look for hazards.

• Be alert and always know the location of all workers in your area. Keep all other persons completely away from your machine. Injury or death can result if you do not follow these instructions.

18

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Maintenance Precautions • Do not attempt repairs unless trained. Refer to manuals and experienced repair personnel for help.

• Before you service the machine, put a Do Not Operate tag on the key switch.

BD05C034 / 321-4614

• Wear protective glasses and other required safety equipment when servicing or repairing the machine.

• Wear gloves to protect hands when handling cable.

• Disconnect the battery before working on the electrical system. Know the consequences of disconnecting any electronic or computer devices.

• Avoid lubrication or mechanical adjustments with the machine in motion or the engine operating. If the engine must be in operation to make certain adjustments, place the transmission in neutral, apply the parking device, place the equipment in a safe position, securely block the wheels and use extreme caution.

• Securely block the machine or any component that may fall before working on the machine or component. If possible, use a back up or secondary blocking device, also.

• To prevent unexpected movement, securely block working elements when repairing or changing working tool parts such as cutting edges.

• Never make repairs on pressurized components, fluid, gas or mechanical until the pressure has been relieved according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

• Use extreme caution when removing radiator caps, drain plugs, grease fittings or pressure taps. Park the machine and let it cool down before opening a pressurized tank.

19

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

The Do Not Operate tag is included with your new machine. Addition tags, part number 321-4614 are available from your Case dealer.

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

• Release all pressure before working on systems which have an accumulator.

Use a piece of cardboard, newspaper, or wood to check for pressurized leaks to prevent fluid penetrating the skin. Repressurize accumulators with the proper gas according to manufacturers recommendations.

• When inflating tires, use a self-attaching inflation chuck with remote shutoff and stand clear of the tire. Position yourself beside the tire and not beside the rim.

• When absolutely necessary to tow the machine, do not exceed the recommended towing speed. Be sure the towing machine has sufficient braking capacity to stop the towed load. If the towed machine cannot be braked, a towbar must be used or two towing machines must be used. - one in front pulling and one in the rear to act as a brake. Avoid towing over long distances.

• Observe proper maintenance procedures.

• Whenever servicing or replacing hardened pins, etc, use a brass drift or other suitable material between the hammer and pin.

TRIM THIS EDGE

• Keep the brakes and steering systems in good operating condition.

• Replace all missing, illegible or damaged safety signs. Keep all safety signs clean.

Fuel Handling Precautions • Do not smoke or permit open flames while fueling or near fueling operations.

• Never remove the fuel cap or refuel gasoline engine powered machines with the engine running or hot. Never allow fuel to spill on hot machine components.

Never allow fuel to spill on the environment.

• To avoid spilling fuel maintain control of the fuel filler nozzle when filling the tank.

• Do not fill the fuel tank completely to the top. Allow room for expansion.

• Clean up spilled fuel immediately and dispose of contaminated material in an environmentally correct manner.

• Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should the fuel cap be lost, replace it only with the original manufacturers approved cap. Use of a non-approved cap without proper venting may result in pressurization of the tank.

• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.

• Use the correct fuel grade for the operating season.

20

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Burn Prevention WARNING: BATTERY ACID CAUSES SEVERE BURNS. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.

Antidote: EXTERNAL - Flush with water.

Antidote: INTERNAL - Drink large quantities of water or milk.

DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.

EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.

WARNING: BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep sparks, flame, cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in enclosed area. Always wear eye protection when working near batteries.

Wash hands after handling. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. M144B

charge the battery, or you try to jump start and run the engine. To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured

• Hot coolant can spray out if the radiator cap is removed. To remove the radiator cap, let the cooling system cool, turn to the first notch, wait until the pressure is released, then remove the radiator cap.

Hazardous Chemical Precautions • If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous chemicals you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, coolants, etc., used with your machine can be hazardous.

• Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide information about the chemical substances within a product, safe handling procedures, first aid measures and procedures to be taken when the product is accidentally spilled or released.

MSDS are available from your dealer.

• Before you service your machine, check the MSDS for each fluid, lubricant, etc., used in this machine. This information indicates what the risks are and how to service the machine safely. Follow this information when servicing the machine.

• Before you service this machine and before you dispose of the old fluids and lubricants, always remember the environment. DO NOT put oil or fluids into the ground or into containers that can leak.

• Check with your local environmental or recycling center or your dealer for correct disposal information.

21

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

• When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if, you try to

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Transporting Precautions • Know the rules, laws, and safety equipment necessary for transporting this machine on a road or highway.

• Never transport the machine without the transport pin in position to lock the boom.

• If the machine must travel on public roads, all lights must be in working order and adjusted correctly. A rotating beacon is recommended.

Wheel And Tire Safety DO NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding will cause an explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high temperatures. This can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air or breaking bead is not adequate. The tire MUST be completely removed from the rim prior to welding.

• Explosive separation of the tire and/or rim parts can cause injury or death.

When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire mechanic service the tire.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Roll-Over Protective Structure • Do NOT modify the ROPS in any manner. Unauthorized modifications such as welding, drilling, cutting, or adding attachments can weaken the structure and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS if it is subjected to roll-over or damage.

Do not attempt to repair.

WARNING: Securely fasten your seat belt. Your machine is equipped with a ROPS cab, ROPS canopy or ROPS frame for your protection. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system. Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members.

M437

22

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Seat Belt Precautions 2 3

1

BP98J021 / BP98J022

1. RIGHT BELT STRAP METAL END 2. LATCH MECHANISM 3. RELEASE BUTTON

2. Insert the metal end into the latch mechanism on the left side of the seat.

4. The seat belt will automatically retract.

WARNING: Before starting the engine ensure seat belts are securely fastened. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and properly maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.

Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members.

M422A

Specific Precautions To This Machine • Keep the load or tool as low as possible while moving the machine around the jobsite.

• Adjust the rear window before actuating the backhoe hydraulics. The rear window may come into contact with the control lever.

• Pilot control machines are equipped with TWO backhoe control patterns. You must know which pattern the machine is in, before, actuating the hydraulics.

• Release all hydraulic pressure before servicing the machine.

• You must know which circuits have accumulators and how to release pressure properly.

23

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. To unlatch the seat belt, press the red button on the left side latch mechanism.

1. To latch the seat belt, pull the right belt strap from the retractor.

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

CAST DUCTILE IRON

1

6

3 2 5 8

TRIM THIS EDGE

7

4 BD00G121

1. BOOM 2. STEERING LINKS 2WD 3. DUMP LINKS 4. FRONT AXLE

5. STABILIZERS 6. EXTENDABLE DIPPER 7. SWING TOWER 8. BUCKET LINKAGE

• Before you weld, cut, or drill holes in a part on this machine, make sure the part is not cast ductile iron. See your Dealer if you do not know if a part is cast ductile iron. Also see the following photograph for cast ductile iron parts.

• Unauthorized modifications to cast ductile iron parts can cause injury or death.

Welding, cutting, or drilling can cause cast ductile iron to break. Do not weld, cut, or drill to repair or to attach items to cast ductile iron parts on this machine.

24

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

READ OPERATORS MANUAL Decals which display the “Read Operators Manual” symbol are intended to direct the operator to the Operators Manual for further information regarding safety, maintenance, adjustments and/or procedures for specific areas of the machine.

When a decal displays the following symbol refer to the Operators Manual.

BC00G075

“READ SERVICE MANUAL”

When a decal displays the symbol shown above, refer to the appropriate page of the Service Manual.

237187A1

TRIM THIS EDGE

“READ OPERATORS MANUAL”

25

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

SAFETY DECALS WARNING: Injury or death can result if you cannot read a safety decal or if a safety decal is missing. Replace any missing or damaged safety decal and keep all safety decals clean. See your Case dealer for new safety decals.

SB002

Make sure that you read all the safety decals and all instructional decals. Check these decals every day before you start. Clean these decals if you cannot read the words.

When you clean the decals, use only a cloth, water, and soap. Do not use solvent, gasoline, etc.

You must replace a decal if the decal is damaged, missing, or cannot be read. If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure the decal is on the new part. Part numbers are on the decal. See your Case dealer for new decals.

The following pages show the actual decal and the location of the decal on the machine.

TRIM THIS EDGE 26

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

1

2

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

2

1. 392375A1- USED ON MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH RIDE CONTROL 2. 392374A1- USED ON MACHINES WITHOUT RIDE CONTROL

27

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

BD00F020 / 392375A1 / 392374A1

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

3

3

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00G118 / 384269A1

3. 384269A1

4

! DANGER 3

Starting in gear can cause death. Start engine only from operator seat with transmission control(s) in NEUTRAL.

4

BD00F068 / 321-7040

3. 384269A1 4. 321-7040

28

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

5

TRIM THIS EDGE

5

5

BD00F086 / BD00F068 / 384267A1

5. 384267A1 (1 EACH SIDE)

6

6

BD05E127 / 321-6774

6. 321-6774

29

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

7

7 TRIM THIS EDGE BD03H051 / 384258A1

7. 384258A1

8 8

BD00F045 / 321-7030

8. 321-7030 (1 EACH SIDE OF MACHINE)

30

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

9

9

BD00G048 / 383972A1

9. 383972A1

10 TRIM THIS EDGE

10

BD00G061 / 384264A1

10. 384264A1

11

11

BD00F072X / 384265A1

11. 384265A1 ONE EACH SIDE

31

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

12

12

BD00F037 / 384263A1

12. 384263A1

TRIM THIS EDGE

13

13

BD00F112 / 313238A1

13. 313238A1

14

14 BD00F144

14. 384271A1 ONE ON EACH POST

32

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

15

15

16

17

TRIM THIS EDGE

16

17

BD00H143 / RDL3127 / RDL3125 / RDL3108

4 IN 1 Bucket With Hydraulic Coupler (If Equipped) 15. RDL3125 16. RDL3108 17. RDL3127

33

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

18

19

18

19 TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00H145 / RDL3129 / RDL3141

4 IN 1 Bucket With Hydraulic Coupler (If Equipped) 18. RDL3129 19. RDL3141

34

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

20

21 21 TRIM THIS EDGE

20

BD00H045 / RDL3129 / RDL3139

4 IN 1 Bucket With Hydraulic Coupler (If Equipped) 20. RDL3129 21. RDL3139

35

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

22

22

BD00F133 / 384260A1

Ride Control (If Equipped) 22. 384260A1

TRIM THIS EDGE

23

23 24

24

BD03H058 / RDL3107 / RDL3141

Loader Hydraulic Coupler (If Equipped) 23. RDL3107 24. RDL3141

36

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

LOCATION A

A

TRIM THIS EDGE

25

26

LOCATION B

B BD00F037 / D149826 / D149827

25. D149826 - DECAL 26. D149827 - DECAL

Location A (D149826 Decal) - Machines with Mechanical Control Backhoe with Standard Dipper.

(D149827 Decal) - Machines with Mechanical Control Backhoe with Extendahoe Location B (D149826 Decal) - Machines with Pilot Control Backhoe 37

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

27

27

BD03H030 / 144193A2

27. 144193A2

TRIM THIS EDGE

28

28

BD03H024 / 87305413

28. 87414205 (PILOT CONTROL MACHINES)

38

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

29 29

TRIM THIS EDGE

29

BD03H023 / BD03H024 / 87423813

29. 87423813 (ONE EACH SIDE)

39

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

30

TRIM THIS EDGE

30

BD03H064 / 384263A1

40

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

HAND SIGNALS It is recommended that you and the flagman on the job use hand signals for communications. Before you start, make sure that you both understand the signals that will be used.

BI97D059

BI97D025

STOP ENGINE

TRIM THIS EDGE

START ENGINE

BP97D022

BP97D023

COME TO ME

ALL STOP AND HOLD

Move hands forward and rearward (palms in)

Move hands forward and rearward (palms out).

41

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

BP97D030

BP97D060

GO THIS FAR

ALL STOP AND HOLD

TRIM THIS EDGE BI97D029

BI97D021

STOP

EMERGENCY STOP

Move one hand back and forth.

Move both hands back and forth.

BI97D028

BI97D027

RAISE LOAD OR BUCKET

LOWER LOAD OR BUCKET

42

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

BI97D020

BI97D026

LOWER LOAD OR BUCKET SLOWLY

TRIM THIS EDGE

RAISE LOAD OR BUCKET SLOWLY

BI97D034

BI97D033

TURN MACHINE LEFT SWING LOAD LEFT

TURN MACHINE RIGHT SWING LOAD RIGHT

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.

BI97D064

BI97D063

ROLL BACK LOADER BUCKET

DUMP LOAD OR BUCKET SLOWLY

43

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

BI97D034

BI97D033

TURN MACHINE LEFT SWING LOAD LEFT

TURN MACHINE RIGHT SWING LOAD RIGHT

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.

TRIM THIS EDGE BI97D041

BI97D032

MOVE BACKHOE DIPPER IN

MOVE BACKHOE DIPPER OUT

BI97D054

BI97D031

BACKHOE BUCKET DIG

BACKHOE DIPPER DUMP

44

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

BP97K062

BP97K063

EXTENDAHOE DIPPER EXTEND

TRIM THIS EDGE

EXTENDAHOE DIPPER RETRACT

45

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 46

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS FRONT CONSOLE CONTROLS Use the Comfort Steer System in cyclic loader work where operator fatigue may be reduced. The Comfort Steer System allows the operator to select faster steering.

1

NOTE: Machine must be running to engage Comfort Steer.

W h e n a n y o n e o f t h e fo l l o w i n g requirements are met the Comfor t Steer System will disengage and the operator must re-activate following the procedure.

BD00F026

!

return to normal steer if the operator pushes the left portion of the switch and the lamp goes out. Press the switch to re-activate

• The system will disengage and default to OFF when the key switch is turned to the OFF position.

• The system will disengage when the operator selects 3rd or 4th gear on the Powershift transmission. If the system is disengaged this way, the operator must select a lower gear and press the switch to re-activate the Comfort Steer system.

WARNING: Quick response steering may adversely affect machine stability under some operating conditions. DO NOT use this feature until you are completely accustomed to faster response steering.

• See page 129 in the Operation Chapter of this manual for additional information.

NOTE: Wheel movement, lock to lock, with the Comfort Steering System disengaged requires three full turns of the steering wheel. With the Comfort Steering System engaged, the same lock to lock wheel movement requires slightly less than one and a half turns of the steering wheel.

Activate the system on level ground in 1st gear and operate the machine in a safe, open area until comfortable with the faster steering.

The Comfort Steer System is based on the selected gear as shown on the gear selection lever, NOT the engaged gear.

47

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

• The system will disengage and

1. COMFORT STEER SWITCH: POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSIONS ONLY Use this momentary switch BS06K135 to activate the Comfor t Steer option. Push the right side or icon portion of the switch to activate the system. The right portion of the switch is momentary and it will spring back to center. The lamp on the right side of the switch will illuminate to confirm the system is active.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

2 3

BD00F026

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. FRONT WIPER SWITCH: The front wiper switch is a three position switch. Push BC00G012 the rocker switch emblem to the first position to turn the front wiper to LOW. Push the rocker switch emblem to the second position to turn the front wiper to HIGH. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the front wiper OFF. 3. FRONT WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to activate the BS98M034 front windshield washer.

Release the rocker switch to stop the front windshield washer.

48

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

FRONT CONSOLE CONTROLS 6. FLASHER LAMP SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to illuminate the BS98M063 flashers. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the flashers off.

4

BD03H063

4. LOADER TOOL QUICK COUPLER SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Push the rocker switch emblem on the left side to disconnect the coupler. Push the rocker switch emblem on the right side to connect the coupler.

BD00F028

7. ROTATING BEACON SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Push the rocker switch emblem to turn the rotating BC00B082 beacon on. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the rotating beacon off.

5 7 BD00F028

5. FRONT WORK LAMP SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to turn the front BS98M061 work lamps on. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the front work lamps off.

BD00F014

8. HORN: Push the control in to sound the horn.

BS98M064

49

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

6

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

FRONT CONSOLE CONTROLS

8

10

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00F014

BD03H036

9. TURN SIGNAL LEVER: Push the control lever up to signal a left turn. Pull BS96H047 the control lever down to signal a right tur n. You must move the control lever to the center position to stop the signal.

11. STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER: Pull the lever up toward the operator to adjust the steering wheel.

9

BD00F014

BS98M062

10. DRIVING LAMP SWITCH: P u l l t h e c o n t r o l l eve r toward you for ON, push the control lever away from you for OFF.

50

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

STANDARD TRANSMISSION CONTROLS 2

1 3

F N R 2. TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER:

This lever controls the travel direction of the machine. The center position N is NEUTRAL. The top position F is FORWARD. To travel forward, lift the lever and push completely forward toward the F position. The bottom position R is REVERSE. To travel in reverse, lift the lever and pull completely rearward. Make sure the direction control lever is in N or NEUTRAL before you start the engine or before you operate the backhoe

The transmission has synchromesh in all four gears. You can shift to any gear without stopping the machine. Push the clutch cutout button (3) on the transmission shift lever before you shift.

Release the button to engage the clutch after the shift.

3. CLUTCH CUTOUT BUTTON: Push this button before you shift the transmission gears. The transmission is in NEUTRAL when this button is pushed.

The direction control lever electrical circuit has an added feature which allows the operator to move the machine a short distance in the event the direction control lever receives intermittent signals that shift the transmission into neutral. By shifting the direction control lever to the opposite direction of travel that is desired, then back to the desired direction, the transmission will engage for approximately 5 seconds.

IMPORTANT: This procedure is to be used only in the event of an emergency when the unit must be moved to a safe location. Have the machine repaired immediately.

51

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00F141

BD00F143

1. DIRECTION CONTROL LEVER:

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED) 1

In manual transmission mode the machine will stay in the gear selected until the operator changes the selection. The operator may select gears without stopping the machine.

2

• Position 1 - 1st gear, forward or reverse

• Position 2 - 2nd gear, forward or reverse

• Position 3 - 3rd gear, forward • Position 4 - 4th gear, forward

BD05C035

1. DIRECTION CONTROL LEVER:

In automatic transmission mode the machine will reach the maximum gear selected by the Gear Selection Lever.

TRIM THIS EDGE

This lever controls the travel direction of the machine. The center position N is NEUTRAL. The top position F is FORWARD. The bottom position R is REVERSE. To travel forward in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th gear, lift the lever and push it a l l t h e way fo r wa r d toward the F position. The bottom position R is REVERSE. To travel in reverse in 1st or 2nd gear, lift the lever and pull completely rearward. Make sure the direction control lever is in N or NEUTRAL before you start the engine or before you operate the backhoe.

• Position 1 - no automatic shifting, transmission will remain in 1st gear

• Position 2 - no automatic shifting, transmission will remain in 2nd gear

• Position 3 - automatic shifting between 2nd and 3rd gear

• Position 4 - automatic shifting between 2nd, 3rd and 4th gear When operating in automatic mode, some incline and load conditions may cause the transmission to shift from 4th to 3rd and back to 4th, or from 3rd to 2nd and back to 3rd. If this happens select a lower gear. Downshift as needed until the transmission discontinues shifting between gears.

2. GEAR SELECTION CONTROL LEVER: Rotate the lever hand grip to align the number, which corresponds to each gear, with the indicator mark on the lever.

The Powershift Transmission allows the operator to select automatic or manual mode by placing the Direction Control Lever in Neutral and engaging the kickdown button, regardless of speed.

IMPORTANT: On start up the transmission mode will be automatic.

52

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

3 3

BD00F013 / BD05E509

The transmission kickdown switch is used to change automatically from 2nd gear to 1st gear, when in manual mode, to increase digging force. There are two kickdown switches. One is a push button located at the end of the directional control/gear selection lever. The other is a momentary rocker switch located in the handle of the loader control lever. Press the button once to downshift from 2nd gear to 1st gear. Press the button again to shift back to 2nd gear. If the button has been pressed to downshift to 1st gear, changing directions from forward to reverse will shift the transmission into 2nd gear reverse. Changing directions back to forward will shift the transmission into 2nd gear forward.

Kickdown switches may also be used to move the transmission mode from manual to automatic. Placing the transmission in neutral and engaging the kickdown buttons will take the transmission from manual to automatic or automatic to manual. The speed of the machine will have no affect on the selection.

53

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. TRANSMISSION KICKDOWN SWITCHES:

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

4 A

B C

BD05C036

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. POWERSHIFT DISPLAY SCREEN (SHOWN IN MANUAL MODE, NEUTRAL 1ST GEAR) B. MODE SELECTION BUTTON C. INDICATOR LAMPS T AND F

4. POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: This module consists of a display screen, mode selection button and two indicator lamps T and F. Changing the displayed information is done by pressing the M Button. For detailed information on the Powershift Transmission Control Module see Powershift Operating Instructions on page 111.

54

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

FOOT PEDALS A

3

B

2

4

BP00G002/BP00G003/BP00G004

4. BRAKE PEDAL LOCK: Move the lever up and slide the locking pin all the way to the right into the lock ENGAGED position. Move the lever up and slide the locking pin all the way to the left into the lock DISENGAGED position.

1. FOOT THROTTLE: Push down on the foot throttle to increase the engine speed. Release to decrease the engine speed.

2. RIGHT BRAKE PEDAL: (With Brake Pedal Lock Disengaged) Push this pedal to help turn the machine to the right.

A. Brake pedal lock engaged.

B. Brake pedal lock disengaged.

3. LEFT BRAKE PEDAL: (With Brake Pedal Lock Disengaged) Push this pedal to help turn the machine to the left.

!

WARNING: Always lock the brake pedals together before you travel on roads or when you operate the machine in 3rd or 4th gear. See the instructions in this manual for brake pedals. You can cause an accident if you do not follow these procedures.

SB051

55

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

PARKING BRAKE 1 2

BD00F019

BS96H049

BD00F018

2. PARKING BRAKE DISENGAGED:

1 . PA R K I N G B R A K E ENGAGED: Pull the parking brake control lever UP, as shown, to apply the parking brake.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Push the parking brake control lever DOWN, as BS03G345 shown, to release the parking brake.

NOTE: A warning alarm will sound if you shift the direction control lever into FORWARD or REVERSE while the parking brake is engaged.

56

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

LOADER CONTROL LEVER A F

1

B A

F D

G

B

E D

C

E G

C BP00G039

AND

BUCKET TRIM THIS EDGE

1. LIFT ARM CONTROL:

B9410261

C. RAISE: Moves the bucket up.

A. FLOAT: When in FLOAT, the bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever.

B. LOWER: down.

Moves

the

D. ROLLBACK: Rolls the bucket back.

E. DUMP: Dumps the bucket.

bucket

57

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

1

A F

D

B

G

A

F

E

B D

E

C G

C BP00G039

1. LIFT ARM AND BUCKET CONTROL: (CONTINUED)

TRIM THIS EDGE

F. RETURN-To-Dig: After the bucket is dumped, move the control to ROLLBACK and FLOAT. When the bucket is at the height selected, pull the control back to HOLD. G. HOLD - NEUTRAL: The loader lift arms and bucket stop moving when the control lever is in HOLD. When released, this control will return to HOLD automatically. You must manually move this control from FLOAT to HOLD

58

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

2 A

C

A

B

B

C B BD00F015

2. CLAM CONTROL AND LOCKOUT (IF EQUIPPED): A. CLAM OPEN B. CLAM CLOSED C. HOLD - NEUTRAL: The clam stops moving when the control handle is in HOLD. The clam control handle is equipped with a lock l a tc h . T h e l a tc h s ho u l d be i n th e LOCKED position when the clam is not in use.

BS03H013 / B9410262

NOTE: The latch is not automatic - it must be manually engaged.

59

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

A

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

3 4

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05E509

BD05E509

3. CLUTCH CUTOUT BUTTON: P u s h t h e c l u t c h c u to u t button to allow the engine BC00B098 to increase speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater loader power and faster control function.

When you push the clutch cutout button, the transmission is disengaged from the drive wheels. Release the clutch cutout button to engage the transmission power. The machine can move freely when the clutch cutout button is pushed. If required, use the brake to stop the machine.

4. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH: To engage the differential l o c k u s e t h e fo l l o w i n g procedure:

BS98M066

A. Before engaging the differential lock make sure neither rear wheel is spinning freely.

B. Press and hold the differential l o ck sw i t c h , l o c a t e d o n t h e loader control lever.

C. To disengage the differential lock, release the differential lock switch.

NOTE: The differential lock will release automatically when the load is removed.

60

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE CONTROLS 2

1

3 BD03H065

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. AIR CONDITIONING TEMPERATURE SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Tu r n t h e t e m p e r a t u r e BC00B112 control clockwise to decrease the temperature in the cab. Turn the control completely clockwise for the coldest temperature.

Tu r n t h e c o n t r o l c o m p l e t e l y counterclockwise for the OFF position.

2. BLOWER FAN SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Turn the switch clockwise to increase the air flow in BC00B127 the cab. Turn the switch counterclockwise to the OFF position to stop the fan.

BD03F026

HEATER COOLANT SHUTOFF VALVE

Be sure the engine is shut off and cool w h e n m a k i n g t h e fo l l o w i n g adjustments. During warm weather, turn the heater coolant shutoff valve clockwise to stop the flow of hot coolant to the heater. Turn the heater coolant shutoff valve counterclockwise when cold weather begins.

3. HEATER SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Tu r n t h e h e a t c o n t r o l clockwise to increase the BC00B128 temperature in the cab.

Tu r n t h e h e a t c o n t r o l counterclockwise to decrease the temperature.

61

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE CONTROLS 5

4

BP00G019

TRIM THIS EDGE

5. 4WD FRONT AXLE SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): T h e f r o n t d r i ve a x l e i s engaged and disengaged BS98M067 by a r o cke r sw i t c h . To engage the front drive axle, push the rocker switch emblem. To disengage the front drive axle, push the opposite end of the rocker switch.

4. KEY SWITCH: 4 POSITION A.ACC - Turn the key counterclockwise from the B or OFF position to ACC, to give power to the accessories.

NOTE: See the notes on page 65 concerning checking the condition of the warning lamps.

NOTE: When the front drive axle is engaged, operate the machine only in first or second gear. It is recommended that you disengage the front drive axle before you operate on a hard surface or in third or fourth gear.

B. OFF - To stop the engine, turn the key to the OFF position.

After the engine has stopped, remove the key.

C. ON - Turn the key clockwise to the ON position. Before you start the engine, check the condition of the warning lamps. Use the voltmeter to check the condition of the battery(ies).

D. START Turn the key completely clockwise to the START position to actuate the starter motor. After the engine starts release the key. The key will return automatically to the ON position.

62

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE CONTROLS 6

Ride control should not be used for fine grading with the loader bucket, during backhoe operation, or when precise placement of the loader is required.

To test the ride control refer to the Service manual.

To engage, lower the loader bucket to or near the ground line. Push the rocker switch emblem, the green switch lamp will illuminate. There can be a slight loader arm drop when the ride control is activated.

!

WARNING: If the ride control is turned on, with the key switch in the ON or ACC. position, the loader arms can drop slightly, due to the hydraulic accumulator.

To disengage, push the opposite end of the rocker switch, the green switch lamp will go out.

M511

63

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BP00G019 /

When the ride control is activated the loader down pressure is limited to the weight of the loader and the attachment (bucket). The weight of the loader attachment (bucket) is hydraulically cushioned during transport which is a normal condition of the ride control.

6. RIDE CONTROL SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED): Ride Control is a feature that improves the machine BC00B094 ride over all types of terrain with either an empty or loaded bucket. Ride Control will reduce fore and aft pitching motion during transpor t and material hauling operations, while allowing increased productivity and operator comfort. It a l s o r e d u c e s s h o ck l o a d s t o t h e machine.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE CONTROLS 7

BP00G019

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. REAR WORK LAMP SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to turn the rear BS98M061 work lamps ON. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the rear work lamps OFF.

64

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL 2

BD05C037

NOTE: With the key switch in the ON position and the engine NOT running the Air Filter Restriction, Hydraulic Oil Filter, Alternator, and Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamps are illuminated.

NOTE: When the key switch is first turned to the ON position the Air Filter Restriction Warning Lamp, Hydraulic Oil Filter Warning Lamp, Rear Axle Oil Temperature Warning Lamp, Parking Brake Indicator Lamp and Air Conditioning System Pressure Indicator Lamp, will illuminate for 3 seconds for a bulb self test.

The engine grid heater will remain on, as necessary, depending on the temperature and may come on after the engine starts for post heating of the air.

This allows for smooth running conditions during cold weather warm up.

2. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM PRESSURE INDICATOR LAMP:

1. DRIVING LAMPS INDICATOR LAMP:

BS98M062

This indicator illuminates when the driving lamp sw i t c h i s i n t h e O N

This indicator illuminates when the air conditioner has stopped due to refrigerant pressures that are too high or too low.

BC00B112

position.

65

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL 4

5

6

3

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05C037

3. PARKING BRAKE INDICATOR LAMP: This indicator illuminates when the parking brake is applied.

BS96H049

4. LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP: This warning lamp illuminates if, with the engine running there is no or low oil pressure in the engine. Do not run the engine if this warning lamp illuminates. The audible alarm will sound if this condition exists.

BS99D060

5. REAR AXLE OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP: This warning lamp illuminates when the oil temperature in the rear axle reaches 305°F (152° C). Take action to reduce the temperature until the lamp stops illuminating. See page 200.

BC00H041

6. ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP: This warning lamp illuminates if, with the engine running the alternator is not charging the batteries. See your Service Manual and check the alternator.

BS98M032

66

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL 7

8

BD05C037

7. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER WARNING LAMP: This indicator lamp illuminates when, with the engine running the hydraulic filter is restricted and requires service. The hydraulic fluid must be at operating temperature, see page 194.

BC00B113

8. AIR FILTER RESTRICTION WARNING LAMP: This warning lamp illuminates when, with the engine running the air filter element is restricted and requires service.

BS98M026

9. LOW FUEL LEVEL WARNING LAMP: This warning lamp illuminates when the fuel level is low.

BS98M034

67

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

9

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL

10

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05C037

10. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE: The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates the coolant temperature of the engine. The temperature of the coolant is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge. If the gauge BS96H053 needle goes into the red area the audible alarm will sound, stop the engine and check the level of the coolant in the coolant reservoir, or check for debris on the radiator/oil cooler, or for a thermostat that does not operate correctly.

!

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if the deaeration reservoir cap is removed. To remove the cap: Let system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released.

Scalding can result from fast removal of the cap.

Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions.

SA023

68

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL

11

13

BD05C037

11. OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE (TORQUE CONVERTER): The oil temperature gauge indicates the oil temperature of the torque converter. The temperature of the oil is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge. If the gauge needle goes BS96H053 into the red area, move the direction control lever to the NEUTRAL position and run the engine a full throttle. If this procedure does not reduce the temperature of the oil, check the oil level and check for obstruction in the radiator and oil cooler.

12. ENGINE HOURMETER: The hourmeter shows the hours the engine has run.The digit all the way to the right shows tenths of an hour.

n/min

13. TACHOMETER: The tachometer shows the engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Each tick mark on the gauge is equal to 100 RPM. It is recommended that the engine be run in the green area of the gauge.

69

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

12

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL 14 16

15

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05C037

14. VOLTMETER GAUGE: This gauge shows the condition of the electrical system. The electrical system voltage is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge (11 to 15.3 volts) when the key switch is in BS98M032 the ON position. If the gauge needle is in the lower red area, the charge of the battery is too low or the alternator is not charging enough. Damage to the battery can result if this condition continues.

NOTE: When the battery is in good condition and you turn the key switch to the ON position, the gauge needle will move up to the bottom part of the green area.

When the engine starts, the needle will move up to the upper part of the green area and stay there. If the gauge needle does not move up after the engine starts, check the condition of the battery/alternator.

15. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE: This gauge shows the amount of fuel that is in the fuel tank.

16. ENGINE GRID HEATER INDICATOR LAMP (IF EQUIPPED): Turn the key switch to ON. When the incoming engine air needs to be preheated, due to cold temperatures, the lamp will illuminate. Wait until the indicator lamp goes off before turning the key switch to the start position.

!

WARNING: If the machine is equipped with a grid heater, starting fluid must not be used.

70

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

AUDIBLE ALARM This alarm will sound if, (1) the engine oil pressure is low, (2) the engine coolant temperature is high, (3) the parking brake is applied and you shift the direction control lever to the FORWARD or REVERSE position, and (4) the seat is turned away from the driving position and the direction control lever is in FORWARD or REVERSE position. See Seat Switch Alarm System on page 71.

SEAT SWITCH ALARM SYSTEM This alarm will sound when the operator rotates the seat from the driving position towards the backhoe position and leaves the direction control lever in gear.

To make sure the system is working, the operator must know that the same alarm will also sound if the parking brake is set and the direction control lever is in forward or reverse.

Seat Alarm Test Procedure: 1. The operator must be in the seat in the driving position with the seat belt on.

2. Start the engine.

3. Park the machine on a level surface in a clean area. Make sure all other persons are clear of the area.

4. Make sure the parking brake is OFF, and the transmission shift lever is in NEUTRAL with the loader bucket on the ground.

5. Put your foot on the service brake and keep it there.

6. Move the direction control lever to the FORWARD position and turn the seat approximately 15 to 20 degrees. The buzzer will sound. The same procedure is repeated for REVERSE. The alarm and also the backup alarm will sound.

This will confirm if the seat switch alarm system is operating.

71

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

A warning decal on the machine, repeated in this operators manual with additional operating instructions, requires the operator to take certain precautions before operating the backhoe. The seat switch alarm is an additional warning. The alarm will sound if the seat is rotated approximately 15 to 20 degrees from the straight forward position.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

LEFT REAR CONSOLE CONTROLS 2 3

1

BP00G021X

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. REAR WINDOW WASHER SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to activate the rear BC00B083 window washer. Release the rocker switch to stop the rear window washer.

1. HAND THROTTLE: Push the hand throttle away from you to increase the engine speed. Pull the hand throttle toward you to decrease the engine speed.

2. REAR WIPER SWITCH: The rear wiper switch is a three position switch. Push BC00G011 the rocker switch emblem to the first position to turn the rear wiper to LOW. Push the rocker switch emblem to the second position to turn the rear wiper to HIGH. Push the opposite end of the rocker switch to turn the rear wiper OFF.

!

WARNING: When you operate the backhoe, use the hand throttle to control the engine speed. You can have an accident if you use the hand throttle for any other operation.

SB052

72

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

LEFT REAR CONSOLE CONTROLS

4

5

BS98M064

A

BC00G015

B

5. BACKHOE QUICK COUPLER SWITCHS (IF EQUIPPED): It is necessary to push both rocker switches at the same time to activate the Backhoe Quick Coupler.

A.Push the top of the rocker switches to disengage/retract the backhoe quick coupler pins.

B.Push the bottom of the rocker switches to engage/extend the backhoe quick coupler pins.

NOTE: See Backhoe Quick Coupler on page 147 of this manual.

BC00G016

73

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BP00G021

4. REAR HORN SWITCH: Push the rocker switch emblem to activate the rear horn. Release the rocker switch to stop the rear horn.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE CONTROLS 1

2

3

3 TRIM THIS EDGE

BD04C134

1. BACKHOE CONTROL TOWER WITH STANDARD BACKHOE CONTROLS 2. BACKHOE BOOM LATCH RELEASE LEVER 3. SWING PEDALS

74

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

TRIM THIS EDGE

BACKHOE CONTROLS WITH FOOT SWING

B902392J

4. DIPPER 5. BOOM 6. RIGHT SWING PEDAL

1. LEFT SWING PEDAL 2. STABILIZERS 3. BUCKET

75

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

EXTENDAHOE CONTROLS WITH FOOT SWING

TRIM THIS EDGE B902394J

1. LEFT SWING PEDAL 2. STABILIZERS 3. BUCKET 4. DIPPER

5. BOOM 6. RIGHT SWING PEDAL 7. EXTENDAHOE

76

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE CONTROLS WITH HAND SWING

1

3

BD05C038

1. BACKHOE CONTROL TOWER - BACKHOE CONTROLS WITH HAND SWING 2. EXTENDABLE DIPPER FOOT CONTROL PEDAL (IF EQUIPPED) 3. AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC FOOT CONTROL PEDAL

77

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE CONTROLS WITH HAND SWING

TRIM THIS EDGE B902393J

1. BOOM AND SWING 2. LEFT STABILIZER 3. RIGHT STABILIZER 4. BUCKET AND DIPPER

78

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

TRIM THIS EDGE

BACKHOE CONTROLS WITH HAND SWING AND EXTENDABLE DIPPER

B902395J

1. BOOM AND SWING 2. LEFT STABILIZER 3. RIGHT STABILIZER 4. BUCKET AND DIPPER 5. EXTENDABLE DIPPER FOOT CONTROL PEDAL

79

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE WITH PILOT CONTROLS 3

9

2

1

8

7

16

4

10

11

5 12

14

TRIM THIS EDGE

15 6

13

BD03H064

LEFT AND RIGHT PILOT CONTROL TOWERS 1. LEFT CONTOL LEVER 2. HORN BUTTON 3. UNI DIRECTIONAL AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC BUTTON 4. ADJUSTABLE WRIST REST 5. WRIST REST ADJUSTMENT KNOB 6. LEFT / RIGHT STABILIZER SWITCHES 7. RIGHT CONTROL LEVER 8. RETRACT EXTENDAHOE 9. EXTEND EXTENDAHOE 10. TOWER FORE AND AFT POSITION CONTROL LEVERS 11. ADJUSTABLE WRIST REST 12. WRIST REST ADJUSTMENT KNOB 13. BOOM LATCH RELEASE PEDAL 14. HYDRAULIC CONTROL SWITCH 15. BACKHOE CONTROL PATTERN SELECTOR 16. NOT SHOWN LEFT AND RIGHT TOWER TIP ADJUSTMENT KNOBS (SEE PAGE 82)

80

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Left Tower Controls 4

3

1 2 1 2

BD03K058 / BD05C046

2. Horn Button 3. Bi- Directional Auxiliary Hydraulic Switches (If Equipped) 4. Uni-Directional auxiliary switch (not shown)

!

WARNING: This machine is equipped with two backhoe control function patterns. Check control functions before operating this machine. Failure to check control pattern before operating can cause unexpected machine movement, death or serious injury.

M956

81

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Left Control Lever: This lever controls the backhoe functions for Boom and Swing or Dipper and Swing. Pattern 2, or the excavator pattern, is engaged if the Control Pattern Switch is illuminated. See the Right Tower Controls on page 83.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Left Tower Controls (continued) 5

6

8

7

BD04C136 / BD05C039

5. Left Wrist Rest Adjustment Knob: Use this knob to adjust the height of the wrist rest for operator comfort.

TRIM THIS EDGE

6. Left Stabilizer Switch: Pull back to bring the stabilizer up or push forward to lower.

Optional Auto Up: Pull the switch all the way back momentarily past the detent position. Release the switch and the stabilizer will automatically raise to the full transport position.

To cancel auto up: Push the switch up or down.

7. Right Stabilizer Switch: Pull back to bring the stabilizer up or push forward to lower.

Optional Auto Up: Pull the switch all the way back momentarily past the detent position. Release the switch and the stabilizer will automatically raise to the full transport position.

To cancel auto up: Push the switch up or down.

NOTE: The optional Auto Up function allows the operator to automatically bring the stabilizers up into the transport position much like the auto down feature on car power windows.

NOTE: If the Auto Up feature is not installed on the machine the detent position is still present but does not affect the stabilizer function.

8. Tower Tip Adjustment Knob: The tower tip adjustment knob is located on the backhoe side of the tower. Turn the knob counterclockwise and tip the upper part of the tower into position. Turn the knob clockwise to lock the position.

82

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Right Tower Controls

!

1

WARNING: This machine is equipped with two backhoe control function patterns.

Check control functions before operating this machine. Failure to check control pattern before operating can cause unexpected machine movement, death or serious injury.

M956

3

5

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

1 BD03K059 /BD03H011

4

1. RIGHT CONTROL LEVER: T h i s l eve r c o n t r o l s t h e b a c k h o e functions for Dipper and Bucket or Boom and Bucket. Pattern 2, or the excavator pattern, is engaged if the Control Pattern Switch is illuminated.

BD05C040

4. RIGHT WRIST REST ADJUSTMENT KNOB: Turn the knob counterclockwise to adjust the Wrist Rest and tighten by turning clockwise.

2. EXTENDAHOE RETRACT BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) This button retracts the extendahoe.

3. EXTENDAHOE EXTEND BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

5. TOWER FORE AND AFT CONTROL HANDLES: Squeeze the handles together and adjust the left and right towers fore and aft. Release the handles to hold the position. Make sure all rear window adjustments have been made prior to setting the pilot towers into position.

This button extends the extendahoe.

83

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

6 c b

a

BD03K060 / BD05C042

6. Pilot Control Switch: TRIM THIS EDGE

IMPORTANT: When turning the pilot control switch to ON there may be a momentary delay of less than 1/2 second before being able to operate the Stabilizers, Extendahoe, (if equipped), or Bi-Directional Auxiliary, (if equipped).

If the operator attempts to operate any of these functions sooner than the 1/2 second delay, they WILL NOT OPERATE until the power switch is cycled OFF and back ON again.

This is a 3 position switch for the backhoe controls.

Position a ..................................... OFF This position shuts off all backhoe controls.

Position b....................................... ON Allows only the stabilizers to operate.

Position c ..............................ENABLE Momentary position which activates all backhoe functions. This position will illuminate when activated.

!

!

WARNING: This machine is equipped with two backhoe control function patterns. Check control functions before operating this machine. Failure to check control pattern before operating can cause unexpected machine movement, death or serious injury.

WARNING: Unexpected movement hazard. Before adjusting rear windows TURN OFF Pilot Controls.

84

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

7

NOTE: The control pattern switch is illuminated when the switch is in Position 2. (Excavator pattern)

Use this switch to change the control pattern of the backhoe. To change switch positions, push the orange locking tab up towards the center of the switch to release the lock.

BD03H022

To c h a n g e c o n t r o l p a t t e r n s i t i s necessar y to use two hands. This fe a t u r e h e l p s p r eve n t a c c i d e n t a l switching of patterns.

85

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD03K060 /BD05C043

7. BACKHOE CONTROL PATTERN SWITCH: 2 POSITION

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE WITH PILOT CONTROL PATTERN 1

2

1

TRIM THIS EDGE BD03H064

1. BOOM AND SWING

2. DIPPER AND BUCKET

86

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BACKHOE WITH PILOT CONTROL PATTERN 2

2

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

BD03H064

1. DIPPER AND SWING

2. BOOM AND BUCKET

87

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC ATTACHMENT CONTROL FOR BACKHOES (If Equipped) These options allow the operator to install hydraulically actuated attachments on the dipper when the bucket is removed.

BD00G086

AUXHYD

TRIM THIS EDGE

UNI-DIRECTIONAL AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC CONTROL PEDAL

BI-DIRECTIONAL AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC CONTROL LEVER

Push the pedal for uni-directional flow to the hydraulic attachment.

Push or pull the lever to the appropriate position for the hydraulic attachment.

88

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

SEAT BELTS 50 mm (2 Inch) and 76 mm (3 inch) Wide Belts Due to local regulations, 76 mm (3 inch) belts are provided on some machines.

NOTE: The illustrations that follow show the correct procedure to fasten and release the belt.

1. Fasten the belt end into the lefthand buckle.

BP98J021

BP98J022

IMPORTANT: Make sure the belt end and buckle are securely fastened.

!

WARNING: You are protected by the ROPS system on this machine (RollOver Protective Structure). The seat belt is an important part of the ROPS system. Before you operate this machine, always fasten the seat belt. If the machine rolls over and you DO NOT have the seat belt fastened, you can be crushed by the ROPS or the machine.

SA080

For seat belt maintenance see page 213.

89

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. To release the seat belt, push the button on the buckle.

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

STANDARD PEDESTAL SEAT

!

WARNING: An accident or sudden machine movement can cause injury or death. Always fasten the seat belt and adjust the seat before you start the engine.

SB053

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

2

1

BD05E126

1. HEIGHT CONTROL 2. FORWARD / REARWARD CONTROL 3. SWIVEL CONTROL

1. HEIGHT CONTROL: Pull the height control lever up and adjust the height of the seat. Release the control lever and make sure the seat is locked in position.

2. FORWARD / REARWARD CONTROL: 3 2 Lift the lever to move the seat forward or rearward. Release the control lever and make sure the seat is locked in position.

3. SWIVEL CONTROL: Lift the lever to rotate from the normal dr iving position to the backhoe operation position or from the backhoe operation position to the normal driving position.

BD053125

90

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

MECHANICAL SUSPENSION SEAT

!

WARNING: An accident or sudden machine movement can cause injury or death. Always fasten the seat belt and adjust the seat before you start the engine.

SB053

The operators seat can be raised, lowered, moved forward and rearward, and can be turned around to operate the backhoe or the loader. You can also adjust the armrests, seat cushion and backrest. For added operator comfort there is lumbar support adjustment and a weight adjustment for ride firmness.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

2

BD05E510

2. FORWARD/ REARWARD AND SWIVEL CONTROL:

1. SWIVEL CONTROL: Lift the lever to rotate from the normal driving position to the backhoe o p e ra t i o n p o s i t i o n o r from the backhoe operation position to the normal driving position.

Lift the lever to move the seat forward or rearward.

Release the control lever and make sure the seat is locked in position.

91

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

BD05C025

BD05C022

5. LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT CONTROL:

3. BACKREST TILT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL:

TRIM THIS EDGE

Tu r n t h e c o n t r o l w h e e l d o w n o r clockwise to increase the lum bar s up p o r t . To d e c r e a s e t h e l u m b a r suppor t turn the knob up or counterclockwise.

Sitting in the seat, this lever is located on the left side of the seat. Raise the lever and tilt the seat backrest until it is comfortable for you. Releasing the lever will lock it in place.

BD05C026

6. ARMREST ADJUSTMENT CONTROL: (1 EACH SIDE)

BD05C024

4. HEIGHT / WEIGHT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL:

The armrests may be folded completely up or completely down. The low or b o t t o m a r m r e s t p o s i t i o n m ay b e adjusted to tip up. Turn the control knob clockwise to raise the arm rest. To lower the ar m rest, tur n the knob counterclockwise.

Use the hand crank on the control wheel to turn the height/weight adjustment control knob either clockwise (increase) or counterclockwise (decrease) to adjust the seats height and the suspension firmness.

92

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

AIR SUSPENSION SEAT The operators seat can be raised, lowered, moved forward and rearward, and can be turned around to operate the backhoe or the loader. You can also adjust the armrests, seat cushion and backrest. For added operator comfort there is lumbar support adjustment and a weight adjustment for ride firmness.

2. SWIVEL CONTROL: Lift the lever to rotate from the normal driving position to the backhoe operation position or from the backhoe operation position to the normal driving position.

1

BK97K183

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. ARMREST CONTROLS: (1 EACH SIDE) The armrests may be folded completely up, as shown, or placed down.

To raise or lower the lowest, or down position of the ar mrest rotate the adjustment knob clockwise. Turn the knob counterclockwise to lower the armrest position.

3

BD05C057

3. FORWARD/ REARWARD CONTROL: Pull the control lever up and move the seat forward or rearward. To turn the seat, pull the control lever up and turn the seat. The seat can be rotated when in any forward or rearward position.

Adjust the seat as required and release the control.

2

BD05C057

93

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

5 4

7 8 6 BK97K182

4. LATERAL ISOLATOR CONTROL:

BK97K178

TRIM THIS EDGE

8. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH: Press the top of the switch to raise the seat.

Lift the lever to engage the lateral isolator. Push down on the lever to lockout lateral seat movement.

The lateral isolator can be locked 19 mm (.75 in) to the right or left of the center position.

Press the bottom of the switch to lower the seat.

5. SEAT BACKREST ADJUSTMENT CONTROL: Lift the lever up to release the backrest. Lean rearward or forward to adjust the backrest position.

9

6. RIDE FIRMNESS ADJUSTMENT CONTROL: Rotate the control knob c o u n t e r c lo ck w i s e fo r a firmer ride. Rotate to the mid-point for travel.

BK97K184

9. SEAT LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT: Rotate the lumbar adjustment control clockwise to increase the lumbar support. Rotate the adjustment control counterclockwise to decrease the support.

7. FORWARD/ REARWARD ISOLATOR: Lift the control lever up to e n g a g e t h e fo r w a r d / rearward isolator. Push the c o n t r o l l ev e r d o w n t o l o cko u t a n y fo r wa r d o r r e a r wa r d movement.

94

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

CAB AIR LOUVERS The air louvers in this cab are adjustable and can be completely closed. Move the two bars in each louver to the center to stop air flow. Move each bar outward to start air flow. .

1

1 3

2 1 BD00H002

1. Defrost Louvers: There are two louvers in the front of the cab and two in the rear of the cab. To get maximum air flow, close the recirculation grill in the center of the cab and the two main louvers by the center posts.

2. Main Louvers: The two louvers by the center posts are used to direct the flow of air for heating and cooling.

3. Recirculation Grill: The grill between the main louvers is used for recirculation of the cab air. To get maximum pressure in the cab, close the recirculation grill. To get maximum heat in the winter and maximum cooling in the summer, open the recirculation grill.

95

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

4

4

BD00F052

BD00F051

4. Cab Lower Vents: These vents in the center front of the cab are used to direct the flow of air for heating and cooling. To get maximum air flow from the lower vents, close the overhead louvers and grill.

TRIM THIS EDGE

NOTE: During some conditions, it is possible to have ice on the air conditioning core. Ice can be caused by operating at LOW blower speed and MAXIMUM cold setting of the temperature control. It is best to operate the MEDIUM or HIGH speed setting of the blower and center range of the temperature control. If ice does block the core, you will feel a reduction of air flow in the cab. Close the recirculation louver, turn the temperature control to OFF and run the blower at HIGH speed. Another cause of ice can be a restricted air filter in the cab.

96

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Dome Lamp Switch:

1 BD00H002

1. DOME LAMP SWITCH

Dome lamp bulb ....................... No. 211 The dome lamps switch has three positions.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. AUTO ON - When the switch is in this position the dome lamp comes ON whe n the doo r is o pen ed .

When the door is closed the dome lamp is OFF. 2. OFF - When the switch is in this position the dome lamp is always OFF. 3. ON - When the switch is in this position the dome lamp is always ON.

97

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Door Latch

Window Latch

1

1

2 BD00F021

BD00F044

1. PULL UP TO OPEN DOOR.

1. LATCH AND LATCH HANDLE 2. PARTIAL WINDOW HOLD OPEN (SHOWN IN STORAGE POSITION)

Window Retainer Release

Push the tab to release and open the window.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

1 BD00F025

1. PULL UP TO RELEASE WINDOW. BD00F043

Push the window completely back to hold the window in the OPEN position.

1. PARTIAL WINDOW HOLD OPEN (SHOWN IN USE)

NOTE: Always return the hold open rod to the STORED position when not in use.

IMPORTANT: Do Not transport machine on trailer at highway speeds with the windows in the partial open position. Damage to cab windows could occur.

98

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Rear Windows 2

1

BD05C045

1. REAR WINDOW HANDLE BD03H048

1. ALL WINDOWS FULL DOWN

The rear windows in the cab have four positions: TRIM THIS EDGE

1. All closed - top window up and bottom window 1/2 up.

2. Top window up and bottom window full down.

3. Top window 1/2 down and bottom window full down.

4. Both windows full down.

!

WARNING: UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT HAZARD: Before adjusting windows Turn Off Backhoe Control System.

To raise a window, use both handles and raise the window. To lower a window raise the window with both handles, push down on the latch bars, and lower the window. Use the handles to raise or lower the windows.

!

WARNING: The window can interfere with pilot control levers Make sure window adjustment is locked into position before actuating the hydraulics.

M955

99

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Coat Hook

Tether Strap 1 1

BD00F063

BD00F041

1. COAT HOOK

1. TETHER STRAP

After hanging coat on hook use the tether strap to secure coat in place against cab post.

TRIM THIS EDGE

IMPORTANT: Failure to use tether strap could result in reduced visibility.

Rear View Mirror

BD00F054

100

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

CAB AND CANOPY OPTIONS Radio Ready Package The radio ready package includes the radio mounting box, wiring harness, speakers and antenna. Radio not included.

2

1

BD00G122

2. ANTENNA LOCATION

3

3 BD00F053

3. RADIO SPEAKERS

Sun Visor

1

2 BD00F047

BD00F048

2. SHOWN IN FULL DOWN POSITION

1. SHOWN IN STORED POSITION

The sun visor adjusts to a number of positions to accommodate varying seat positions as well different operator characteristics.

101

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00F035

1. RADIO BOX MOUNTING LOCATION

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 102

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Wheel Nuts and Bolts

Parking Brake Check

When the machine is new or when a wheel is removed for service, check the wheel nuts or bolts every 10 hours of operation until the wheel nuts or bolts remain tight. For torque and mounting procedures see page 156 in the Wheels/Tires Chapter.

Check the operation of the parking brake a fte r th e first 100 ho urs o f operation. Make sure the area is clear of other persons. Apply the parking brake and shift the transmission to third gear. Shift the transmission direction control to FORWARD and increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm. The machine must not move.

Foot Brake Check Check the operation of the foot brakes on a hard level surface after the first 100 hours of operation. Make sure the area is clear of other persons. Lock both pedals together with the brake pedal lock and shift the transmission to s e c o n d g e a r. D r i ve t h e m a c h i n e fo rwar d a t fu ll t hr ott le. Whe n t he m a c h i n e i s m ov i n g a t fu l l s p e e d , remove your foot from the throttle and stop the machine. The machine must stop smoothly in a straight line and the brake pedal effort must feel firm.

IMPORTANT: If the machine moves, adjust the parking brake. See page 207.

Engine Operation During the first 20 hours of operation, or if you rebuild the engine, make sure you do the following:

IMPORTANT: See the service manual for this machine or see your dealer if the machine does not stop in a straight line or if the brake pedal effort feels soft.

1. Operate the machine with normal loads for the first 8 hours. Do not wo r k t h e e n g i n e h a r d a t s t a l l speeds (wheels slowly turning or stopped and the engine running at full throttle).

2. Keep the engine at operating temperature.

normal

3. Do not run the engine at idle speeds for long periods of time.

103

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

RUN-IN PERIOD FOR A NEW MACHINE

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ENGINE OPERATION

!

WARNING: Before starting engine, study operators manual safety messages. Read all safety signs on machine. Clear the area of other persons.

Learn and practice safe use of controls before operation. It is your responsibility to understand and follow manufacturers instructions on machine operation, service, and to observe pertinent laws and regulation. Operators and service manuals can be obtained from your dealer.

SB055

Walk-Around Inspection

Starting the Engine

Do the following each day before you start the engine.

NOTE: If the machine has not been run for several weeks, or if the engine oil filter has been replaced, prime the turbocharger lines with oil. See page 105 for the instructions to fill the turbocharger lines with oil.

1. Check for leaks under the machine.

2. Check the tires for damage.

3. Check the machine for broken, missing, or loose parts.

TRIM THIS EDGE

4. Clean any debris from the machine. Make sure the radiator area is clean.

5. Clean or replace any safety or instructional decals that cannot be read.

6. Clean the steps, hand rails, and operators compartment.

7. Check the engine oil level.

NOTE: If this is a new machine, or a machine with a rebuilt engine, see RunIn Period on page 103 for additional information.

1. Make sure the seat is in the LOADER position.

2. Adjust the seat and fasten the seat belt.

3. Make sure the parking brake is applied, the direction control lever is in NEUTRAL and the engine hand throttle is pushed back to the IDLE position.

4. Turn the key switch to ON and check the engine oil pressure and alternator warning lamps. Both l a m p s m u s t i l l u m i n a t e. I f t h e machine is equipped with a grid heater wait until the lamp goes out before proceeding.

5. Push the foot throttle 1/4 down and turn the key switch to the START position to actuate the star ter motor. Before the engine starts, check the air cleaner and hydraulic fluid filter warning lamps. Both lamps must illuminate.

104

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6. If the engine starts and stops, do not actuate the starter motor again until the star ter motor stops turning.

NOTE: Do not operate the starter motor more than 30 seconds at one time. Let the starter motor cool for two minutes before you actuate the starter motor again. While the starter motor is engaged, white or black smoke must be seen at the exhaust pipe. If no smoke is seen, check the fuel supply.

Starting Procedure Engine with Turbocharger If the machine has not been run for several weeks, or if the engine oil filter has been replaced, prime the turbocharger lines with oil.

1. See the following photo and disconnect the wire to the injection pump solenoid. This will prevent the engine from starting.

BD05C027

2. Turn the key switch to START and actuate the starter for 10 seconds.

3. Connect the wire to the injection pump solenoid and star t the engine. Follow the procedure on page 104.

4. Run the engine at idle speed for one or two minutes before moving the machine.

Engine Speed Do not run the engine at idle speed for long periods. This can cause a low operating temperature. Low operating temperature can cause acids and deposits in the engine oil. It is recommended that you run the engine at full throttle when operating conditions permit and when safe.

105

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. After the engine starts, check the instr u ment s t o make sure t he gauge indications are correct. Run the engine at 1000 rpm until the coolant temperature is warm.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Parking the Machine and Stopping the Engine 1. Before you leave the machine, make sure the machine is parked on a level surface. The machine must be on level ground before you do scheduled maintenance.

IMPORTANT: If you must temporarily park the machine on a hillside, put the front of the machine toward the bottom of the hill. Make sure the machine is behind an object that will not move.

4. Run the engine at idle speed for two minutes or more if the engine has been working at full load. This procedure will cool the engine parts evenly.

NOTE: Turning the engine OFF at higher than idle RPM will damage the turbocharger.

2. Lower the loader bucket to the ground.

3. Apply the parking brake and shift t h e d i r e c t i o n c o n t r o l l eve r t o NEUTRAL. TRIM THIS EDGE

!

5. Move the backhoe into the transpor t position or lower the backhoe bucket to the ground.

Move the hand throttle to the IDLE position and stop the engine. See page 144 for backhoe transport.

6. Turn the key switch to OFF to stop the engine. Remove the key.

WARNING: Jumping on or off the machine can cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the hand rails and steps, and get on or off the machine slowly.

SA038

106

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Booster Battery Connection to Machine (Jump Starting the Machine)

!

WARNING: When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if, (1) you try to charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and run the engine.

To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured SA039

!

WARNING: Batteries produce explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame, and cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in an enclosed space.

Always shield eyes when working near batteries.

SA039

1

2. If using another machine for power, make sure the two machines do not touch.

3. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal as shown.

BD03H061

1. PLACE THE POSITIVE JUMPER CABLE HERE

Two persons are required for this procedure. Make sure the person making the connection is wearing face protection.

4. Connect the negative (−) jumper cable to the frame, as far away as possible from the positive (+) cable.

5. Start the engine and have the other person disconnect the negative (−) jumper cable first and the positive (+) jumper cable last.

107

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Sit in the operators seat and have the other person make the connections. Make sure the booster batteries are 12 volt.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE OPERATION

!

WARNING: Before each period of operation, check the machine for correct operation of the steering, brakes, hydraulic controls, instruments, and safety equipment. Check the NEUTRAL position of the transmission control lever. A machine that runs correctly can prevent accidents. Make all necessary repairs or adjustments before you operate the machine.

SB040

Adjusting the Seat

5. Release the parking brake and test the foot brakes in an open area on a hard level surface. Make sure the area is clear of other persons.

Before starting each day, adjust the position of the seat for the most comfort and fasten the seat belt. Be sure that you are able to push the brake pedals all the way down while sitting with your seat belt fastened.

A. Move the brake pedal lock to the right to hold both pedals together.

TRIM THIS EDGE

B. Shift the transmission to second gear and release the parking brake.

Before You Operate the Machine When the engine is warm, decrease the engine speed to idle and do the following:

C. Shift the transmission direction c o n t r o l t o F O RWA R D a n d increase the engine speed to full throttle.

1. Check the instrument panel.

3. Raise the loader about 600 mm (two feet) above the ground and roll the bucket back against the stops.

D. When the machine is moving at full speed in second gear, push the brake pedals and stop the machine. The machine must stop smoothly and the brake pedal effort must feel firm.

4. Test the parking brake in an open level area. Make sure the area is clear of other persons.

S e e t h e s e r v i c e m a n u a l fo r t h i s machine or see your dealer if you have problems with the machine.

2. Make sure the backhoe is in the TRANSPORT position and the stabilizers are raised.

A. Put the transmission control lever in third gear.

B. Apply the parking brake and shift the transmission direction control to FORWARD. C. Increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm. The machine must not move.

NOTE: If the machine moves, adjust the parking brake. See page 207.

108

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Selecting Transmission Gears and Machine Direction

1

Transmission The transmission is synchronized in all gears. You can shift to any gear without stopping the machine. Before you shift gears, push the clutch cutout button.

When you shift gears, always make sure the engine speed remains in the green area of the tachometer.

BD00F143

1. DIRECTION CONTROL LEVER

1

Differential Lock 1 TRIM THIS EDGE

2

BD00F141

1. TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER 2. CLUTCH CUTOUT BUTTON

Machine Direction

BD05E509

For forward travel, lift up the direction control lever and push completely forward. To travel in reverse, lift up the d i r e c t i o n c o n t r o l l ev e r a n d p u l l c o m p l e t e l y r e a r wa r d . T h e c e n t e r position is NEUTRAL. The transmission direction control lever must be in the NEUTRAL position before you can start the engine.

1. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH

The differential lock gives equal power to both rear wheels and is used in conditions where traction is poor.

When the Machine is Stuck 1. Make sure the rear wheels are not turning.

2. Push and hold down on the differential lock switch.

NOTE: For Smooth operation before you change directions, reduce the engine speed.

3. Release the differential lock switch once traction has been regained.

NOTE: The differential lock will release automatically when the load on the axle is removed.

109

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before You Operate Through a Soft or Muddy Area NOTE: You can engage the differential lock when the machine is moving straight.

1. If you move the machine through an area that is soft or muddy, make sure that the machine is moving in a straight direction and that one of the rear wheels is not rotating faster than the other rear wheel.

2. Push down the differential lock switch. Keep this switch pushed down while you move the machine through the soft or muddy area.

IMPORTANT: You can cause damage to the rear axle if you try to engage the differential lock when the machine is turning or if one rear wheel is rotating faster than the other rear wheel.

Working on a Hill Before you work the machine on a hill, always put the transmission in a lower gear and test your brakes. DO NOT let the machine move down the hill with the transmission in NEUTRAL. DO NOT let the engine speed increase greater than 2500 rpm. Use caution if you must use the clutch cutout when you are digging with the loader on a hill.

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. After you have moved through the area, release the differential lock switch.

!

WARNING: Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, mud, snow, ice, loose gravel, soft ground, etc., change the ground conditions. You must make a judgment if your machine can be safely operated on any hillside or ramp.

SB013

!

WARNING: Excessive speed can cause loss of machine control. Do not coast down a hill with a transmission in NEUTRAL or let the engine speed increase to more than 2500 RPM. Before operating or driving on a hill, always shift to a lower gear. You or others around you can be injured. sD056

110

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (IF EQUIPPED)

2

1

1. DISPLAY SCREEN 2. MODE BUTTON 3. T TEST MODE AND FAULT INDICATOR LAMP 4. F RESET MODE INDICATOR LAMP

4 BD05C028

NOTE: Under normal conditions the T lamp will remain off. If it begins to blink the operator must move the machine to a safe location and shut down. Sd will display on the screen. Shut down and contact your dealer.

BD03G032 / BD03G033

At start up the F indicator and GA will illuminate momentarily as the powershift module goes through a brief self check.

NOTE: At power up the powershift transmission will always be in automatic mode. The operator may change to manual mode by pressing a kickdown button while in neutral.

111

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Automatic Mode: In automatic transmission mode the machine will reach the maximum gear selected by the Gear Selection Lever.

• Position 1 - no automatic shifting, transmission will remain in 1st gear

• Position 2 - no automatic shifting, transmission will remain in 2nd gear

• Position 3 - automatic shifting between 2nd and 3rd gear

• Position 4 - automatic shifting between 2nd, 3rd and 4th gear BD03G034

NEUTRAL AUTOMATIC

TRIM THIS EDGE

After the module has gone through the self test the left side of the display will indicate the position of the Direction Control Lever. This photo shows the N position of the Direction Control Lever.

BD03G036

FORWARD AUTOMATIC

After moving the Direction Control Lever to Forward the display will show the letter F indicating the position is confir med. The operator may now choose the transmission range to operate in by placing the Gear Selection Control Lever in position 1 through 4.

112

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Changing to Manual Shift Mode:

BD03G039

SELECT LEVER MODE

BD03G040

FORWARD 1ST GEAR

TRIM THIS EDGE

Press and release the mode button until the SL appears on the display screen or place the transmission in neutral and press the kickdown button.

BD03G042

REVERSE 1ST GEAR

BD03G028

NEUTRAL 1ST GEAR

After releasing the button the display will show the Neutral character and the position the shift selector is in.

113

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Display Modes To change the display mode, press the Mode button. While the button is held down, the display mode is indicated. After the button is released, the data is displayed. Four display modes are available.

BD03G044 / BD03G028

This mode shows actually engaged direction and range. If either or both differ from the shift lever, the corresponding dot blinks. The example shows NEUTRAL 1st.

TRIM THIS EDGE BD03G037 / BD03G038

This mode shows vehicle speed in km/h. For speeds below 10 km/h, speed is shown with 0.1 km/h resolution. The example shows 2.2 km/h.

114

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BD05C029 / / BD03G038

TRIM THIS EDGE

This mode shows vehicle speed in m.p.h. For speeds below 10 m.p.h., speed is shown with 0.1 m.p.h. resolution. The example shows 2.2 m.p.h.

BD03G039 / BD03G028

This mode shows the current shift lever position. Only positions actually available on the transmission are shown. If different from the transmission, the corresponding dot blinks.

In Case Of Failure When a failure in the Powershift electrical circuit is detected, the T indicator lamp flashes. When the M key is pressed for more than two seconds a code is displayed which identifies the most serious problem which has been detected.

If the transmission control module has an internal problem it will automatically switch itself to the safety mode and all gear changes are then unmodulated.

Only first and second gears will be available. Move the machine to a place of safety, lower the attachment to the ground and stop the engine.

Find the cause of the problem or report it to the responsible personnel and if necessary take measures to prevent the use of the machine.

If repair is required contact your Dealer.

115

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Mode Identification MODE

INDICATOR LAMP T

DISPLAY

Normal Operation

Out

See “Display”

Self Test

On

Consult the service manual

Safety

Out

The screen dots flash alternately

Shut Down

Flashes

Sd

System Test Modes The transmission control module program has seven different test modes:

TRIM THIS EDGE

• Turbine speed monitoring.

• Battery voltage monitoring.

• Input test.

• Output test.

• Transmission temperature monitoring.

• Analog output 0 monitoring.

• Analog output 1 monitoring.

Consult the service manual.

116

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE

!

WARNING: Personal injury or death can result when you tow a disabled machine incorrectly. Read the following recommendations.

CM100

IMPORTANT: Towing the Loader Backhoe is not recommended.

If your machine is disabled, you must make a judgement if the machine can be moved without damage. If possible, repair the machine at the job site.

The towing machine must have power, steering and braking ability to stop both machines. The speed at which the disabled machine is moved, must not exceed 1/2 mile per hour (2.4 km/h).

The machines must be attached as closely as possible.

The disabled machine must be moved only far enough to reach a safe repair location or onto a trailer.

• Does the towing machine have braking and steering capacity for both machines?

• Does the towing hardware, chains, cables, have the proper capacity to move the machine safely?

• Will the disabled machine have steering and braking capability?

• Will moving the machine cause damage to drivetrain or moving parts that lack lubrication?

Additional considerations:

• Be certain that all personnel involved are shielded in the event that towing apparatus might break.

• An operator may only be allowed on the towed vehicle if it has steering and braking capability.

• Always block the disabled machines wheels before releasing the brakes or drivetrain component.

IMPORTANT: The loader/backhoe engine may not be started by towing the machine. The drivetrain components will be damaged!

117

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Before moving a disabled machine you must be able to answer these questions:

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Engine Running (2 and 4wd)

Engine Stopped (2 and 4wd)

1. Engage the parking brake.

1. Engage the parking brake.

2. Block the chocks.

wheels

with

wheel

2. Block the chocks.

wheels

with

wheel

3. Place the transmission in neutral.

3. Place the transmission in neutral.

4. Place the direction control lever in neutral.

4. Place the direction control lever in neutral.

5. Place the 4wd switch in neutral, if equipped.

5. Place the 4wd switch in neutral, if equipped.

6. Raise all tools and attachments off the ground.

6. Raise all tools and attachments off the ground.

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. Attach a rigid drawbar to the machine. Make sure the towing machine has enough power and braking ability to move and stop both machines.

7. Attach a rigid drawbar to the machine. Make sure the towing machine has enough power and braking ability to move and stop both machines.

8. Remove wheel chocks.

8. Disconnect the rear driveshaft on 2wd machines and both front and rear driveshafts on 4wd models.

9. Release the parking brake.

10. No riders - keep all other persons completely out of the area.

11. Tow the disabled machine at a maximum speed of 1/2 m.p.h. (2.4 km/h). Do not exceed this speed.

9. Remove wheel chocks.

10. Release the parking brake.

11. No riders - keep all other persons completely out of the area.

12. Tow the disabled machine at a maximum speed of 1/2 m.p.h. (2.4 km/h). Do not exceed this speed.

118

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE ON A TRAILER

!

WARNING: The machine can slip and fall from a trailer or ramp and cause injury or death. Make sure the trailer and ramp are not slippery. Remove all oil, grease, ice, etc. Carefully move the machine off or onto the trailer with the machine centered on the trailer and ramp.

SB042

1

BP98J031

1. WHEEL BLOCKS

4. Lower the backhoe bucket or rear attachment to the floor of the trailer if possible.

NOTE: The machine shown in the following procedure may be different from your machine. The procedure is the same.

5. Stop the engine and remove the key.

You must know the rules or laws for safety that are used in each area that you will be in. Make sure that your truck and trailer a re e quipped with the correct safety equipment. Park on a level surface.

6. Shift the transmission control to NEUTRAL. 7. Put a block at the front and rear of each tire.

8. Make sure all cab windows are closed and latched.

1. Put a block at the front and rear of the trailer wheels.

2. Put the backhoe in TRANSPORT, fasten your seat belt, shift the tra n s m i s s i o n t o 1s t g e a r, an d slowly drive the machine onto the trailer.

NOTE: If windows are open or in the partial open latch position, wind pressure can break the latch or the glass.

3. Lower the loader bucket onto the trailer, shift the direction control lever to NEUTRAL and apply the parking brake.

9. Use chains and binders to fasten the machine to the trailer.

119

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 2 BD03F024

BD00J043

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. TIE DOWN LOCATION - SIDE CHASSIS BOTH SIDES

2. TIE DOWN LOCATION - BACKHOE BOTH SIDES

10. Measure the distance from the ground to the highest point of the m a c h i n e . Yo u m u s t k n o w t h e clearance height of the machine.

11. After you have driven a few miles, stop the truck and check your load.

Make sure the chains are still tight and that the machine has not moved on the trailer.

Unloading A Machine From A Trailer A f t e r t h e c h a i n s a n d b l o ck s a r e removed from the machine, put the backhoe in the TRANSPORT position or raise the rear attachment. Fasten your seat belt, shift the transmission to 1st gear, release the parking brake and drive slowly off the trailer.

120

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER

1. BATTERY AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Clean the battery and make sure the battery(ies) is at full charge.

Make sure to check for water in the fuel system. Cold temperatures can cause water to collect in the fuel tank. Check the main fuel filter for water every 50 hours of operation. If no water is found, extend the interval. If water is found, check the fuel tank.

4. COOLING SYSTEM: Check the coolant mixture before you operate in cold temperatures. A mixture of 50% ethylene g lycol and 50% water must be used in this machine. This mixture is used if the lowest ambient temperature is above −− 34° F (37° C). I f t h e a m b i e n t temperature is lower, adjust the mixture to 60% ethylene glycol and 40% water. It is recommended that ethylene glycol and water be used in your machine all year.

NOTE: A fully charged battery at 0° F (-18° C) has only 40 percent of the normal starting power. Then, when the temperature decreases to −20 ° F (-29° C), the battery has only 18 percent of the power remaining.

If you add water to the battery(ies) and the temperature is below 32° F (0° C), make sure you charge the battery(ies) or run the engine for approximately two hours. This procedure will prevent battery freezing.

Inspect the batter y cables and terminals. Clean the terminals and put a coat of grease on each terminal to prevent corrosion.

2. LUBRICANTS: Use the correct viscosity oil in each component.

As an example: SAE 30 engine oil at 32° F (0° C) increases the star ting load by about 250 percent. Make sure you follow the recommended oil and filter service as shown in this manual.

5. GRID HEATER STARTING AID: Tur n the key switch to ON and check the instrument panel. In cold temperture the engine Grid Heater Indicator Lamp will illuminate as the heater conditions indrawn air.

Wait for the indicator lamp to go OFF before turning the key switch to the START position. Turn the key switch to the START position until the engine starts, then release the key.

WARNING: Do not use ether if your machine is equipped with a grid heater.

3. FUEL SYSTEM: Check with your fuel supplier for the correct cold weather fuel. Engine power will be reduced if wax particles are in the fuel filters.

121

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Cold weather conditions cause special problems. During these conditions, your machine will require special attention to prevent serious damage.

Cold weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

In cold Weather With The Engine Cold: When starting a cold engine at temperatures below 29 ° F (- 1° C) open the throttle fully. Turn the key switch to the ON position and check the instrument cluster. If the machine is equipped with a grid heater, wait for the cold start indicator light to go OFF before turning the key switch to the START position. Turn the key switch to the START position until the engine starts, then release the key.

If the engine fails to start after a maximum of 30 seconds of cranking repeat the starting procedure. Do not operate the starting motor for more than 60 seconds.

TRIM THIS EDGE

NOTE: If the operator does not crank the engine within 30 seconds, after the grid heater lamp has gone out the process should be started over. If the engine is not cranked within 30 seconds the cycle process is aborted.

6. GENERAL: Before you operate, move the machine slowly in LOW gear. Then, stop the machine and actuate the loader or backhoe controls for about ten minutes or until all cylinders work correctly.

If the engine fails to star t after two attempts allow the battery to recover for 4 to 5 minutes before repeating the procedure.

122

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING IN HOT WEATHER To prevent damage to the machine, do the following:

4. Check the condition of the fan drive belt.

1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in the coolant reservoir and in the radiator. See page 187.

5. Use lubricants viscosity.

2. See your Case dealer and have the radiator cap tested before hot weather starts. Replace the cap as required.

the

correct

6. Use the correct solution of ethylene glycol and water in the cooling system.

7. Check the dust cup more frequently during extreme dust conditions.

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. Clean all dirt and debris from the radiator and engine area.

of

123

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

LOADER OPERATION

!

WARNING: When you lower a loaded bucket, material can spill out if you do not manually roll back the bucket. The self-leveling feature does not roll back the bucket automatically when the loader is lowered. Other persons in the area can be injured if material spills from the bucket when the loader is lowered.

CM101

This information for loader operation does not include all possible conditions.

This is basic information that you need to operate the machine.

Clutch Cutout Switch

1

If you are a new operator, always operate in a clear area at decreased engine speed.

Safety When You Work TRIM THIS EDGE

Be a careful operator. You can prevent accidents. Fasten the safety belt before you start the engine.

BD05E509

1. CLUTCH CUTOUT SWITCH

1

BD03H047

1. OPERATOR AND SEAT IN CORRECT POSITION FOR LOADER OPERATION

Push the clutch cutout switch to allow the engine to increase speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater loader power and faster control function. When you push the clutch cutout switch, the transmission is disengaged from the drive wheels.

Release the clutch cutout switch to engage the transmission power. The machine can roll free when the clutch cutout switch is pushed. If required, use the brake to stop the machine.

124

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Bucket Level Indicators Standard Bucket Level Indicator The standard bucket level indicator has two pointers on the bucket links. The bucket is level on the ground when the two pointers are opposite each other.

See the following photograph.

The bucket position indicator is located on the bucket links. This shows you the correct bucket angle when you use the bucket as a clam, loader, scraper, or dozer. Put the loader bucket 12 inches (304 mm) above the ground and tilt the bucket to the desired position

1

1

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

BD05E508

1. STANDARD BUCKET LEVEL INDICATORS

4-In-1 Bucket Indicator

2 3

BD05E506

2. 4-IN-1 BUCKET POSITION INDICATOR 3. 4-IN-1 BUCKET POSITION INDICATOR DECAL

398658A1

4-IN-1 BUCKET POSITION INDICATOR DECAL

125

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Clam Depth Indicator for the 4-In-1 Bucket The clam indicator is located on the right side of the bucket. This indicator is used when the bucket is in the scraper position. The bucket opening or “depth of cut’’ is shown on this indicator. The 4-In-1 bucket can make a cut up to 102 mm (four inches) in depth.

3

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05E507

4. CLAM DEPTH INDICATOR

126

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4-IN-1 Bucket Operation

Dozer

Scraper

Put the bucket in the position shown and open the clam completely.

Tilt the bucket to the scraper position on the indicator and open the clam to the desired depth of cut.

AS173

Standard Bucket Close the clam and the bucket is a standard bucket.

Put the bucket over the material to be moved. Close the clam on the material to be moved.

AS174 AS171

127

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Clamshell AS172

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Return-To-Dig After you dump the load, use the return-to-dig to put the bucket in position for another dig cycle.

The return-to-dig uses both the FLOAT and the ROLLBACK positions. To operate, put the lift arm control in the ROLLBACK position and the FLOAT position. The bucket will roll backward until the bottom of the bucket is level. Then, the bucket will stop automatically.

The loader arms will continue to lower until (1) the bucket reaches the ground or (2) you manually pull the lift arm control back to HOLD (NEUTRAL). See page 208 to adjust the return-to-dig.

1. MOVE THE CONTROL LEVER TO THE FLOAT AND ROLLBACK POSITIONS FOR RETURN-TO-DIG

1

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05E509

1

2

B9410267

1. BUCKET IN FLOAT POSITION 2. BUCKET IN ROLLBACK POSITION

128

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Job Layout

Set up the work cycle as short as possible. Truck positioning is very important for efficient cycles.

Spend a few minutes leveling off the work area, if necessary. Smooth runways for the machine and a level parking area for trucks will speed up the job.

WARNING: Quick response steering may adversely affect machine stability under some operating conditions. DO NOT use this feature until you are completely accustomed to faster response steering.

TRIM THIS EDGE

!

B9402464J

Comfort Steer System

If conditions allow, the operator may choose the Comfort Steer Option, in cyclic work.

1

The Comfort Steer System gives the operator faster steering with less turn of the machines steering wheel.

BD00F026

1. Comfort Steer Switch (see page 47)

NOTE: Wheel movement, lock to lock, with the Comfort Steering System disengaged requires three full turns of the steering wheel. With the Comfort Steering System engaged, the same lock to lock wheel movement requires slightly less than one and a half turns of the steering wheel.

129

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

!

WARNING: Operating a loader with a full bucket on a hillside can cause the machine to roll over. If possible, avoid turning the machine and always move forward up the hill and back down. Always keep the load low. If you do not follow these instructions, you can be injured or killed.

SA058

!

WARNING: When you operate the machine, keep the loader bucket as low as possible. This low position gives better balance and permits you to see more clearly. If the bucket is full and you move the machine over ground that is rough or surfaces that can cause the machine to slide, always operate at slow speed. If you do not use this procedure, the machine can go out of control and roll-over.

SA041

Lifting With the Loader If you lift a load with the loader, be very careful. This machine is NOT a crane.

TRIM THIS EDGE

IMPORTANT: Make sure that you use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you will be moving. Always check the rigging equipment each day for damaged or missing parts. Be sure no other persons are under the load as you move it.

1

1

BP95H017

1. LIFTING POINTS

130

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

LOADER HYDRAULIC COUPLER (OPTIONAL) The loader hydraulic coupler allows the operator to change front end attachments without the use of special tools or additional manpower.

3 BD00F026

3. LOADER QUICK COUPLER SWITCH

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. This will retract the coupler lock pins.

BK97K197

Installing An Attachment

4

1. Tilt the loader hydraulic coupler forward and engage the top coupler pins in the attachment upper mounting hooks.

2 BK97K195

4. LOADER HYDRAULIC COUPLER LOCK PINS SHOWN RETRACTED

1

BK97K199

1. TOP COUPLER PIN 2. ATTACHMENT UPPER MOUNTING HOOK

2. Press and hold the left side of the loader quick coupler switch. See the following photo.

131

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 4. Lift the loader arms and rotate the coupler rearward until the coupler lock pins are aligned with the attachment lower mounting bores.

Release the coupler switch and press on the right side of the coupler switch to allow the coupler pins to engage in the attachment mounting bores.

Removing An Attachment

5

1. With the attachment resting on the ground, press and hold the left side of the loader quick coupler switch to retract the coupler lock pins.

2. Raise the attachment a maximum of 1 to 2 inches (25.4 to 50.8 mm) off the ground and slowly rotate the top of the attachment outward until t h e l o ck p i n s a r e c l e a r o f t h e attachment mounting bores.

R e l e a s e t h e l o a d e r hy d ra u l i c coupler switch.

3. Carefully lower the attachment to the ground while rotating the top of the coupler outward.

TRIM THIS EDGE

4. When the upper coupler mounting pins are free back away from the attachment.

BK97K194

5. HYDRAULIC COUPLER LOCK PIN IN ENGAGED POSITION

5. Visually confirm the lock pins have secured the attachment.

132

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BACKHOE OPERATION Safety When You Work Be a careful operator; you can prevent accidents. Read the following information.

!

WARNING: Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before you start working the machine. Always keep all other persons away from your area. Serious injury or death can result if you do not follow these instructions.

SA015

!

WARNING: Uncontrolled machine movement can injure. Before you turn the operators seat around to the BACKHOE operating position, shift the direction control lever and transmission control to NEUTRAL and apply the parking brake.

SA050

If you dig next to a building, wall etc., change the position of the stabilizer pads. See the photographs on the following page. Do the following steps:

1

1. Remove a retaining ring from the pin on each stabilizer pad.

2. Use a hammer and drift. Remove each pin.

3. Put the stabilizer pads in the position shown. Install the pins and retaining rings.

BD03H048

1. OPERATOR IN CORRECT POSITION TO OPERATE BACKHOE

General The backhoe will dig more material in less time when a smooth, short dig cycle is used. Keep each dig cycle smooth.

When you force the bucket to dig a load that is too large, you will cause a “hydraulic stall’’ (dipper control lever pulled back and the bucket is not moving). The main relief valve of the hydraulic system will make a noise w h e n “ h y d r a u l i c s t a l l ’’ o c c u r s .

“Hydraulic stall’’ will cause: (1) cycle times to be longer, (2) the temperature of the hydraulic oil to increase, and (3) increases fuel consumption.

IMPORTANT: Always position the stabilizer pads for maximum stability when you are not operating the backhoe next to a wall, building, etc.

IMPORTANT: Be careful when you swing the backhoe completely to the side. In some positions, the backhoe can contact the stabilizers and can cause damage.

133

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Stabilizer Pads

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Standard Two Position Stabilizer Pads NOTE: Stabilizers viewed from left rear of machine.

BD00G092

WORKING NEXT TO BUILDINGS

BD00G092

POSITION FOR MAXIMUM REAR STABILITY AND MINIMUM WIDTH FOR TRAVELING

TRIM THIS EDGE

Cemetery Stabilizer Pads With Rubber Pads

BD03F030

RUBBER PAD DOWN

134

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

BD03F031

DIRT PAD DOWN

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Combination Flip-Over Stabilizer Pads

BD00G089

BD00G089

DIRT PADS DOWN

RUBBER PADS DOWN

TRIM THIS EDGE

Street Pads

BD05D008

135

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before You Dig with the Backhoe

BD03H042

BD004019

1. Use hand rails and steps when getting onto the machine.

4. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

TRIM THIS EDGE BD00F143

2. Make sure the direction control is in NEUTRAL.

BD00G095

5. Remove the swing lock pin from the transport position and place it in the storage position shown.

WARNING: Windows must be placed in the desired position and secured before proceeding.

6. On pilot control machines, adjust the windows before actuating the backhoe hydraulics.

BD00F141

3. Make sure the transmission control is in NEUTRAL.

136

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 10. Start the engine.

NOTE: If the machine is equipped with ride control. Make sure the ride control switch is in the OFF position.

11. Dump the loader and lower the bucket to the ground. Raise the front wheels above the ground.

BD03H066

BP98J041

NOTE: If required, bottom of bucket can be positioned flat on the ground.

12. Increase the engine speed.

1 BD03H052

8. On pilot control machines, adjust the upper towers left to right

BD00F022

1. HAND THROTTLE

BD03H048

9. Make sure all controls are easily reached, the seat is locked into position and the seat belt is secure.

137

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. On pilot control machines, adjust t h e c o n t r o l t owe r s fo r wa r d o r rearward.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

!

WARNING: Put the stabilizers in the OPERATING position before you lower the boom and extend the dipper. The front of the machine can raise above the ground and cause an accident if the stabilizers are not down in the OPERATING position.

000000

!

WARNING: Before you raise the stabilizers from the OPERATING position do one of the following, (1) put the backhoe in the TRANSPORT position, (2) completely retract the dipper and raise the boom, or (3) make sure the tires are touching the ground and put the backhoe bucket on the ground. The machine can become unstable and cause an accident if the stabilizers are raised and the tires and backhoe bucket are not touching the ground.

000000

13. Lower the stabilizers. Use the stabilizers to raise the level of the machine until the rear tires are above the ground.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

BD00G098

1. BOOM CONTROL LEVER

BD00G094

14. Move the backhoe out of the TRANSPORT position.

A. Push the boom control lever (1) forward. At the same time step down on the boom latch release lever (2) toward you.

2

BD03K046

2. BOOM LATCH RELEASE

138

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS B. Pull the boom control lever (1) to t h e r e a r t o m ove t h e b o o m forward (over center).

1

BD00G100

!

Before each period of operation, check the backhoe for correct function of each control. A backhoe that operates correctly can prevent accidents. Make all necessary repairs or adjustments before you operate the backhoe.

!

Do not dig the ground under the backhoe stabilizers. The machine can fall into the excavation if the bank falls in.

SA063

!

WARNING: When you operate the backhoe on the side of a hill, (1) make the machine level with the stabilizers and (2) put the earth from the trench on the highest side of the trench. Failure to follow these instructions can cause injury.

SA064

139

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

SA017

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Increased Rotation Backhoe Bucket Coupler

4 2 3

1 BD00G109

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. BUCKET HOLE #1 2. BUCKET HOLE #2 (CANNOT BE USED WITH CASE BACKHOE BUCKET COUPLER) 3. COUPLER POSITION #1 4. COUPLER POSITION #2

Bucket hole #2 on Case Universal backhoe buckets CANNOT be used with the Case backhoe bucket coupler.

Coupler position #1 should be used as a “Power Hole” but it has less total rotation than coupler position #2.

Coupler position #2 has the most speed, roll out, and roll in, but has less bucket digging force than coupler position #1. Coupler position #2 is the most versatile and productive in all but the hardest digging.

Coupler Position .................. #1 #2 Standard Dipper Max. Roll Out .................. 8° 37° Max. Roll In................. 156° 161° Total Rotation .............. 164° 198° Extendahoe Max. Roll Out .................. 8° 29° Max. Roll In................. 156° 161° Total Rotation .............. 164° 190°

NOTE: Attempting to attach a Case bucket in the #2 bucket hole may damage the coupler by bending or breaking the hook.

140

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Extendahoe Lock Pin Before you work the Extendahoe, put the backhoe in the position shown and remove the Extendahoe lock pin. Put the pin in the storage hole dur ing operation.

T h e n , b e fo r e t r a n s p o r t , l o ck t h e extendable dipper in the retracted position with the lock pin.

BD00F118

Backhoe Danger Area

!

WARNING: Before you operate the backhoe in an area where your visibility is reduced, such as next to a building, etc., always install a guard rail and warning signs to keep other persons away from your machine.

SA062

!

WARNING: A working backhoe can injure or kill. Before you start, always make sure that all persons are away from the DANGER AREA. SA061

B890879J

141

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00F117

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Digging with the Backhoe

!

WARNING: A working backhoe can injure or kill. Before you start, always make sure that all persons are away from the DANGER AREA. SA061

Filling the Bucket Fill the bucket by moving the dipper in. Keep the bottom of the bucket parallel with the cut. Let the bucket teeth and cutting edge cut through the ground like a knife blade. The type of material that you dig determines the depth of the cut.

TRIM THIS EDGE B8400068

1. CORRECT 2. WRONG 3. CORRECT TRENCHING METHOD

IMPORTANT: Do not back fill a trench with the backhoe by swinging the bucket against the soil.

142

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Moving the Machine Forward When You Are Digging on Level Ground You can use the backhoe to move the machine forward as you trench.

1. Make sure the front wheels of the machine are STRAIGHT forward.

2. Decrease the engine speed to 1200 rpm. Make sure the parking brake is released and the transmission controls are in NEUTRAL.

5. Use the boom and dipper to move the machine. Slowly move the dipper out. At the same time, lower the boom.

6. At the new position, lower the stabilizers and loader bucket to the ground and level the machine.

7. Apply the parking brake.

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. Raise the boom and retract the dipper. Move the boom as required to put the bucket teeth on ground that is firm. Lower the backhoe bucket to the ground.

4. Raise the stabilizers and loader bucket about 300 mm (one foot) above the ground.

BD00H003

MOVING THE MACHINE FORWARD ON LEVEL GROUND

Moving the Machine Forward When You are Digging on a Hill

!

WARNING: Be careful when you dig on the side of a hill. When you move the machine forward, the machine can go out of control and turn over. You must be in the seat (seat in the loader position) when you drive the machine forward. Always engage the parking brake and shift the transmission and direction control to NEUTRAL before you operate the backhoe.

SA065

143

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Putting the Backhoe in the Transport Position Put the backhoe in transport before you use the loader or before you move the machine on a road or highway.

B. When the boom reaches the vertical position, rapidly push the boom control lever forward. The boom will continue to move toward you until the boom stop is reached.

1. Make sure the direction control lever and transmission control are in NEUTRAL. 2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

3. Use the swing controls and put the backhoe bucket straight behind the machine.

4. If your machine has an extendable dipper, retract the dipper and install the extendahoe lock pin.

TRIM THIS EDGE

5. Make sure the stabilizers are down and the rear wheels are above the ground.

6. Use the hand throttle and run the engine at about approximately 1200 rpm.

7. Retract the dipper and curl in the bucket.

8. During this next procedure, the backho e boom will be moving toward you past the ver tical position.

A. Pull the boom control lever rearward.

BD00G102

NOTE: The boom lock will automatically engage. The boom, dipper and bucket are now in the TRANSPORT position.

9. Raise the stabilizers completely.

Decrease the engine speed to idle.

10. Turn the operator’s seat to the loader operating position.

11. Stop the engine.

12. Install the swing lock pin.

BD00G101

144

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

BD03K061

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Case Backhoe Bucket Coupler

!

WARNING: Machine movement without an operator can cause injury or death. If you must service this machine with the engine running, have another person help you and follow the instructions in the operators manual or service manual. Do not leave the machine when the engine is running.

SA066

NOTE: The machine shown in the following procedure may be different from your machine. The procedure is the same.

2. Park the machine on a level surface, lower the stabilizers to the ground and level the machine.

Make sure all persons are away from the machine.

BP00H161

5. Rotate the bucket out and lower to the ground.

3. Rotate the bucket out as shown leaving the bucket off the ground.

BP00H162 BP00H160

4. Remove the snap ring and the bucket pin.

145

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Make sure the bucket or attachment has a Case Coupler pin installed.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6. Rotate the coupler out of the bucket.

7. Pick up the next bucket and raise the boom.

8. With the bucket suspended off the ground retract the bucket cylinder until the bucket starts to rotate out as shown below. Install the bucket pin.

IMPORTANT: Do not use the boom to move the machine unless a bucket is attached. Damage to the coupler may occur.

BP00H161

9. Install the snap ring.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BP00H162

IMPORTANT: Attempting to attach a Case bucket in the #2 bucket hole may damage the coupler by bending or breaking the hook. See page 140.

146

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Case Backhoe Bucket Quick Coupler

!

WARNING: Machine movement without an operator can cause injury or death. If you must service this machine with the engine running, have another person help you and follow the instructions in the operators manual or service manual. Do not leave the machine when the engine is running.

SA066

NOTE: The machine shown in the following procedure may be different from your machine. The procedure is the same.

4. Push the top of the backhoe quick c o u p l e r r o c k e r sw i t c h e s t o disengage/retract the backhoe quick coupler pins.

1. Make sure the bucket or attachment has a Hydraulic Case Coupler pin installed.

BC00G015

3. Rotate the bucket out as shown put the bucket on the ground.

1

1 BD03H033

1. BACKHOE QUICK COUPLER ROCKER SWITCHES

BD00H133

NOTE: It is necessary to push both rocker switches at the same time to activate the Backhoe Quick Coupler.

2 BD00H134

2. BACKHOE QUICK COUPLER PIN RETRACTED

147

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. Park the machine on a level surface, lower the stabilizers to the ground and level the machine.

Make sure all persons are away from the machine.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 5. Hold down the top of the backhoe quick coupler rocker switches and extend the bucket cylinder to rotate the backhoe bucket quick coupler out of the bucket as shown.

Bucket Installation IMPORTANT: Do not use the boom to move the machine unless a bucket is attached. Damage to the coupler may occur.

BD00H137

BD00H136

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Move the backhoe into position to pick up the bucket as shown.

BD00H135

2. Retract the bucket cylinder to engage the bucket into the quick coupler as shown.

148

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1

1

1

BD03H033

BD03H033

1. BACKHOE QUICK COUPLER ROCKER SWITCHES

5. Push the bottom rocker switches to engage/extend the backhoe quick coupler pins.

3. Push the top of the backhoe quick c o u p l e r r o c k e r sw i t c h e s t o disengage/retract the backhoe quick coupler pins.

4. Hold down the top of the quick coupler rocker switches and lift the bucket to allow the bucket to rotate into the locking position.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

1

BD00G116

1. BACKHOE QUICK COUPLER PIN EXTENDED

NOTE: Visually check to make sure the quick coupler pins are fully extended into the bucket ears before operating the backhoe.

BD00G117

149

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Lifting with the Backhoe IMPORTANT: Make sure that you use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you will be moving.

Always check the rigging equipment each day for damaged or missing parts.

Be sure no other persons are under the load as you move it.

1

3 BD00G109

1. LIFT EYE

1. Install a clevis hook in the lift eye.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BP95H015

3. HOOK END OF COUPLER

The backhoe is NOT a crane. For this reason, always be very careful when you lift a load with the backhoe. Use the backhoe lifting char ts in the specifications section of this manual and read the instructions below before you lift a load with the backhoe.

2 BD00G108

2. CLEVIS HOOK

2. Attach safety approved sling, cable or chain to the clevis hook.

!

1. Know and understand each signal from the signalman before you start. See pages 41 through 45.

2. Always know the location of all persons in your working area.

WARNING: Do not use the hook end of the coupler when lifting loads.

The sling can come out of the coupler and the load can fall, injuring others in the area.

SA079

150

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS E. Move the load away from the machine. Make sure you keep the load 25 to 50 mm (one to two inches) above the ground.

3. Lower both stabilizers and raise the machine so that both rear tires are about 25 to 50 mm (one to two inches) above the ground. Make sure the machine is level.

F. Lower the load to the ground if (1) one of the sta bilizers is raised above the ground or (2) there is any indication that the stability of the machine is reduced.

NOTE: If the ground is soft, put a wide pad (wood boards) under each stabilizer pad.

4. Dump and lower the loader bucket to the ground.

6. Test the lift capacity before you start your job:

8. When the load is raised, keep all persons away until the load is placed on blocks or is placed on the ground.

A. Put the machine close to the load.

B. Use a cable or sling to fasten the load to the end of the dipper at the lift eye.

C. Lift the load with the backhoe so the load is 25 to 50 mm (one or two inches) above the ground.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that you use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you will be moving.

Always check the rigging material each day for damage or missing parts.

D. Swing the load all the way to one side.

151

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. Always move the load slowly. Do not move the load over the top of persons. Keep all persons away from the load. Do not exceed the lift capacity for this machine shown in the specifications section.

5. Connect a hand line to the load before you star t. Make sure the person holding the hand line is away from the load.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics With the engine stopped, connect the hydraulic lines for the attachment to the fittings located on the dipper.

NOTE: Always read the manufacturers attachment instructions for proper setup.

1

2

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. PRESSURE SIDE OF CIRCUIT 2. RETURN SIDE OF CIRCUIT

BD05C030

The right side fitting is the PRESSURE connection and the left side fitting the return fitting.

Mechanical Auxiliary Hydraulic Controls

1 2

BD05C041

BD00G086

2. FOOT CONTROL SWITCH FOR UNIDIRECTIONAL AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS

1. HAND CONTROL LEVER FOR BIDIRECTIONAL AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS

!

WARNING: Reverse connection could cause hazardous and unintended operation of, or damage to the attachment. Follow the attachment manufacturers instructions to avoid injury.

M481

Pilot Control Auxiliary Hydraulic

Switches

152

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Buttons on the left joystick will provide control of the auxiliary attachments. Bidirectional buttons are shown (1).

1

BD03H012

VANDAL LOCKUP KIT

TRIM THIS EDGE

Right Side Instrument Console

BD00F139

LOCKUP IN STORAGE POSITION

BD00F140

LOCKUP IN LOCKED POSITION

When the lockup kit is installed the entire console is no longer accessible.

153

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 154

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

WHEELS/TIRES !

WARNING: Exploding tires and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. Keep yourself and others out of the DANGER AREA. Stand on the tread side of the tire. Always use the correct air pressure and follow the instructions in this manual for adding air or servicing the tires.

SD020

!

WARNING: Do NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding will cause an explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high temperatures.

This can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air or breaking bead is not adequate. Tire MUST be completely removed from the rim prior to welding.

SB134

!

WARNING: Explosive separation of the tire and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire mechanic service the tire.

Check the air pressure and the condition of the tires every 100 hours of operation.

See page 158 for the correct tire air pressure.

1. Before you add air, have the tire correctly installed on the machine or put the tire in a restraining device (tire inflation cage).

Tire or Rim Service/ Inflating the Tire Always have a qualified tire mechanic ser vice the tires and r ims on this machine. It is recommended that you have this mechanic inflate the tires. To p r eve n t a c c i d e n t s, a l way s u s e a restraining device (tire inflation cage), correct equipment, and correct procedure. Explosive separation of the tire can cause serious injury.

Adding Air to the Tires This procedure is only for adding air to the tire. If the tire has lost all the air, or service to the tire or rim is required, do the following:

BD03H044

2. Use an air hose with remote shutoff valve and a self-locking air chuck.

3. Be sure to wear face protection.

Stand behind the tread of the tire and make sure all persons are away from the side of the tire before you start to add air.

4. Inflate the tire to the recommended air pressure. DO NOT inflate the tire more than the recommended pressure given on page 158.

155

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

84-113

WHEELS/TIRES

Front Wheel Nut and Bolt Torques When the machine is new or when a front wheel is removed for service, check the wheel nut or bolt torques every 10 hours of operation until the wheel nuts or bolts remain tight.

2 Wheel Drive Two wheel drive machines ....................... 115 to 150 pound-feet (156 to 203 Nm)

4 Wheel Drive Front Wheel Mounting Nuts ............................................ 185 pound-feet (251 Nm) Front Wheel Mounting Nut Torque Procedure

1

8

5

4

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

6 7

2 BD05C047

FRONT WHEEL MOUNTING NUT TORQUE SEQUENCE

1. Install all eight (8) mounting nuts. Tighten all mounting nuts, in the sequence shown, until the wheel is snug against the axle hub.

2. Tighten the mounting nuts, in sequence shown, to a torque of 90 pound-feet (122 Nm).

3. Then turn each nut in the tightening direction, in the sequence shown, an additional 90 degrees to set the required pre-load on the front wheel mounting nuts.

NOTE: The torque value that should be seen when the torque is checked is a minimum of 185 pound-feet (251 Nm).

156

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

WHEELS/TIRES

Rear Wheel Mounting Nuts Rear wheel mounting nut ............................................... 225 pound-feet ( 305 Nm) Rear Wheel Mounting Nut Torque Procedure

1

8

5

4 9 10

3 7

6 2 BD05C048

1. Install all ten (10) wheel mounting nuts. Tighten all mounting nuts, in the sequence shown, until the wheel is snug against the axle hub.

2. Tighten the mounting nuts, in the sequence shown, to a torque of 100 poundfeet (136 Nm).

3. Then tighten the mounting nuts again, in the sequence shown, to a torque of 200 pound-feet (271 Nm).

4. Then turn each mounting nut in the tightening direction, in the sequence shown, an additional 30 degrees to set the required pre-load on the rear wheel mounting nuts.

NOTE: The torque value that should be seen when the torque is checked is a minimum of 225 pound-feet (305 Nm).

IMPORTANT: The rear wheel mounting nuts on this machine are metric. Use only the mounting nuts shown in the parts catalog for this machine.

157

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

REAR WHEEL MOUNTING NUT TORQUE SEQUENCE

WHEELS/TIRES

Tire Air Pressures - 580M/580 Super M/580 Super M + Front Tires Size

Ply rating

Type Tread

11L x 16 (2WD) 10 12 x 16.5 (4WD) 8 12.8 x 80 x 18 (M + only)

F3 SGLSS

Air Pressure kPa, bar (psi) 358, 3.6 (52) 345, 3.4 (50) 413, 4.1 (60)

Rear Tires Size

Ply rating

Type Tread

16.9 x 28 17.5L x 24 19.5L x 24

10 10 10

R4 R4 R4

Air Pressure kPa, bar (psi) 220, 2.2 (32) 220, 2.2 (32) 193, 1.9 (28)

Tire Air Pressures - 590 Super M Front Tires TRIM THIS EDGE

Size

Ply rating

Type Tread

14.5/75L x 16.1 (2WD) 14 x 17.5 (4WD)

10 10

F3 SGLSS

Size

Ply rating

Type Tread

21L x 24

10

R4

Air Pressure kPa, bar (psi) 276, 2.8 (40) 379, 3.8 (55)

Rear Tires

158

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

Air Pressure kPa, bar (psi) 179, 1.8 (26)

WHEELS/TIRES

Procedure to Install the Tires

BD04A001

NOTE: The front wheels can be turned around (tread direction reversed) if more traction is required in REVERSE.

159

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

When the tire is installed on a wheel, make sure to have the tread of the tire in the direction shown.

WHEELS/TIRES

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 160

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE

!

WARNING: Improper service or repair can cause injury or death. If you do not understand the service procedures for this machine, see your Case dealer or the Service Manual for this machine.

SA021

The following two chapters cover servicing the machine with recommended lubricants, and coolants, under normal working conditions. To insure long service and efficient operation follow the service intervals listed. Extreme working conditions require that service intervals be shortened. Contact your Dealer with any questions regarding the service and maintenance of this machine.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Read the safety decals and information decals on the machine. Read the operator’s manual and safety manual. Understand the operation of the machine before you start servicing.

BD05C034 / 321-4614

Before you service the machine, put a Do Not Operate tag on the steering wheel or over the key switch. One Do Not Operate tag, is included with your new machine. Additional tags, part number 321-4614, are available from your Case dealer.

See the torque charts starting on page 281 for proper fastener values.

IMPORTANT: Before servicing any hydraulic related component be sure to release all hydraulic pressure.

!

WARNING: Before attempting any service procedures on the machine it is your responsibility to know how many accumulators are on the machine and how to properly release pressure of each. Not releasing pressure properly can cause death or serious injury.

M959

161

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

ENGINE HOURMETER Service your machine at the intervals and locations given in the Lubrication/ Maintenance Charts. When you service your machine, use only high quality Case Akcela lubricants.

The engine hourmeter shows the amount of actual hours the engine has run. Use the engine hourmeter along with the Lubrication/Maintenance Charts to service your machine at the correct time periods.

TRIM THIS EDGE

1 BD05C049

(1) HOURMETER

162

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS

!

WARNING: If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut.

1. Empty the loader bucket, raise the loader lift arms to maximum height and stop the engine.

2. Remove the rear pin from the support strut and lower the support strut onto the cylinder rod.

3. Install the rear pin in the support strut.

4. Slowly lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

If you do not follow this procedure, you can cause serious injury or death if the loader lift arms are lowered by accident.

SA068

TRIM THIS EDGE

Supporting Loader Lift Arms

BD03H038

1. Raise the loader lift arms to maximum height and stop the engine.

BD03H040

3. Slowly lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

BD03H067

2. Remove the rear pin, and lower the support strut onto the cylinder rod.

Install the rear pin.

163

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Lowering Loader Lift Arms

BD03H040

BD03H038

1. Raise the loader lift arms. Stop the engine. Remove the pin from the support strut.

3. Start the engine and lower the loader to the ground.

TRIM THIS EDGE BD03H039

2. Raise the support strut up to the STORAGE position and install the pin.

164

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ENGINE CRANKCASE M Series II Family: Capacity ....................................................................................... 12.7 qts. (12 L) Specifications ..............................................Case Akcela No. 1 15W-40 API CI-4 FUEL TANK 580M and 580 Super M: Capacity ....................................................................................... 31.4 gal (119 L) Optional tank ............................................................................... 40.0 gal (151 L) Specifications ................................................................................... No. 2 diesel 580 Super M + and 590 Super M: Capacity ....................................................................................... 42.0 gal (159 L) Specifications ................................................................................... No. 2 diesel

580 M: Capacity with heater ................................................................. 17.8 qts (16.8 L) Capacity without heater ............................................................. 17.0 qts (16.1 L) Specifications .............................................. 50% water and 50% ethylene glycol 580 Super M, 580 Super M + and 590 Super M: Capacity with heater ................................................................. 19.0 qts (18.0 L) Capacity without heater ............................................................. 18.3 qts (17.3 L) Specifications .............................................. 50% water and 50% ethylene glycol HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 580 M: Total system ................................................................................. 28.0 gal (106 L) 580 Super M and 580 Super M +: Total system ................................................................................. 31.5 gal (119 L) 590 Super M: Total system ............................................................................. 34.25 gal (130 L) All machines add 6 qt (5.7 L) for extendahoe.

Specifications .......................................................... Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra

165

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

COOLING SYSTEM

LUBRICATION TRANSMISSION 2 Wheel Drive Total system capacity ......................................................... 19.5 qts (18.5 L) Refill with or without filter change ......................................... 12.6 qts (11.9 L) Type of Fluid .................................................... Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 4 Wheel Drive / Standard and Powershift Total system capacity .......................................................... 22.0 qts (21.0 L) Refill with or without filter change / Standard only................ 15.2 qts (14.4 L) Refill with filter change / Powershift only .............................. 15.2 qts (14.4 L) Refill without filter change / Powershift only ......................... 14.2 qts (13.4 L) Type of Fluid (Standard Transmission)............. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra Type of Fluid ( Powershift only)...........................................Case Trans - XHD FRONT DRIVE AXLE - 4 WHEEL DRIVE

TRIM THIS EDGE

580M and 580 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 5.8 qts (5.5 L) Capacity - each wheel end ........................................................... 0.7 qts (0.66 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 580 Super M +: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 8.0 qts (7.6 L) Type of Fluid..........................................................Case Transaxle Fluid MS 1317 Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................. 0.75 qt (0.7 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 590 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 6.9 qts (6.5 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................... 1.1 qt (1.0 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra REAR AXLE 580M, 580 Super M and 580 Super M +: Capacity - center bowl ............................................................... 15.0 qts (14.2 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................... 1.6 qt (1.5 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 590 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ............................................................... 15.0 qts (14.2 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................. 2.0 qts (2.1 L) Type of Fluid............................................................ Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER (Brake fluid supplied by hydraulic reservoir, see Hydraulic System.)

166

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART

167

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

REPLACE

CHANGE

❉ ❉

TRIM THIS EDGE

185 Replace Air Filters if warning lamp is on 194 Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter if warning lamp is on 155 Check Tire Pressure and Condition ❉ 216 Inspect, lubricate, clean seat ❉ 212 Check new belt tension 10 200 Engine Oil Level 10 171 Loader Grease Fittings 10 173 Backhoe Grease Fittings 10 172 Extendahoe Dipper Slides 10 197 Initial Transmission Fluid Check 20 200 Initial Rear Axle Oil Level 20 203 Initial 4WD Axle Oil Level 20 177 Front Axle Pivot Points 2 WD & 4WD 50 172 Hydraulic Coupler Lock Pins 50 172 4 in 1 Bucket Pivot Points 50 190 Fuel Filter (Drain Water) 187 Coolant Reservoir Fluid Level 50 194 Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid Level 50 194 Hydraulic Filter Change 100 198 Transmission Filter Change 100 176 Extendahoe Foot Pedal 100 176 Backhoe Swing Pedal Pivots 100 210 Spark Arresting Muffler (If Equipped) 100 220 Battery (ies) 250 212 A/C Drive Belt Tension (If Equipped) 250 ❉ = As Required

DRAIN

LUBRICATE

CHECK

SERVICE POINTS

CLEAN

INITIAL

PAGE NUMBER

SERVICE INTERVAL IN HOURS

50

LUBRICATION

TRIM THIS EDGE

REPLACE

CHANGE

DRAIN

LUBRICATE

Front Axle Oil Level (4WD) Front Axle Breather (4WD) Rear Axle Oil Level Rear Axle Breather Fuel Tank (Drain Water and Sediment) Transmission Oil Level 4 Wheel Drive Shaft Rear Axle Drive Shaft Inspect, Lubricate Seat Engine Oil Engine Oil Filter ROPS Cab or, ROPS Canopy Fuel Filter Front Axle Bearings (2 Wheel Drive) Front Axle Seals (2 Wheel Drive) Hydraulic Filter Hydraulic Fluid Battery Fluid Level Cab Air Filter (If Equipped) Rear Axle Oil Transmission Fluid and Filter Front Axle Oil (4 Wheel Drive) Engine Valve Clearances Air Filter Elements Engine Coolant

CHECK

203 204 200 202 190 197 178 178 216 183 183 215 191 SM SM 194 196 220 205 201 198 204 SM 186 187

CLEAN

SERVICE POINTS

INITIAL

PAGE NUMBER

SERVICE INTERVAL IN HOURS

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

SM = See Service Manual

168

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

2000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000

LUBRICATION

SYSTEMGARD LUBRICATION ANALYSIS PROGRAM

TRIM THIS EDGE

Ask your Case dealer about our lubricant analysis program, Systemgard. Through this service, your lubricants are tested in an independent laboratory. You simply remove a sample of lubricant from your machine and send the sample to the Systemgard laboratory. After the sample is processed, the laboratory will report back to you and guide you with maintenance requirements. Systemgard can help support your equipment up time and provide you with a service that can pay back dividends when you trade for another piece of Case equipment.

BP97H063

Before you service this machine and before you dispose of the old fluids and lubricants, always remember the environment. Do not put oil or fluids into the ground or into containers that can leak.

Check with your local environmental or recycling center or your Case dealer for correct disposal information.

169

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

THE ENGINE HOOD To Open

To Close

NOTE: Make sure the engine is OFF before raising the engine hood.

BD03H043

1. Lower the hood.

BD03H046

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Turn handle counterclockwise to release.

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the hood parts, always close the hood before moving the loader.

BD03H043 BD03H045

2. Lift hood and rotate forward.

2. Turn the handle clockwise to lock.

170

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

LOADER GREASE FITTINGS 1

4

3

5

2

5 6

2

6 BC00H033

Lubricate the loader pivot points every 10 hours of operation or each day. If you operate in severe conditions, lubricate more often. Clean the fittings before lubricating.

10 HRS

10 HRS

1 3

1

BD00F104

BD00F109

1. Lift Arm Pivot ....... 4 (2 each side)

3. Bucket Link ................................ 2

10 HRS

10 HRS

5 4 2 BD00F105

BD00F106

2. Lift Cylinder - Closed End and Rod End ...........4 (2 each side)

4. Bucket Cylinder Trunnion ............ 2 5. Dump Link (590SM Only) ............ 2

171

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Use Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease

LUBRICATION

10 HRS

50 HRS

6

7 7

BD00F107

BP98J055

6. Bucket Cylinder Rod End..............2 7. Bucket Pivots .............................. 4

4-in-1 Bucket - Clam Cylinder and Clam Pivot..................... 4 50 HRS

Extendahoe slides..................... 2 sides Extend the dipper and coat the slides with grease at 50 hours.

TRIM THIS EDGE

50 HRS

BP98J056

4-in-1 Bucket - Clam Cylinder Closed End ........................ 2

BK97K198

Hydraulic Coupler Lock Pins ...............2

172

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

BACKHOE GREASE FITTINGS 20 21 7

10

11

9

8

13 14 17

3

15

1

5

6

2

12

4

17 16 18

19

BC00H034

Use Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease Lubricate the backhoe pivot points every 10 hours of operation or each day. If you operate in severe conditions, lubricate more often. Clean the fittings before lubricating.

10 HRS

10 HRS

3

1 3

2

4

BD00F111

BD00F111

1. Stabilizer Cylinder Closed End .. 2 2. Boom Pivot ................................. 2

3. Trunnion ................ 4 (2 Each Side) 4. Swing Cylinder Rod End............. 2

173

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

NOTE: Extendable Dipper Not Shown

LUBRICATION

10 HRS

10 HRS

11

10

5

12

6 BD00F111

BD00F116

5. Upper Swing Pivot ...................... 1 6. Lower Swing Pivot .......................1

10. Boom Cylinder - Closed End ..... 1 11. Dipper Cylinder - Rod End........... 1 12. Dipper Pivot ...........2 (1 Each Side)

10 HRS

10 HRS

TRIM THIS EDGE

7 13 8

BD00F121

7. Boom Release ............................ 1 8. Boom Cylinder - Rod End ........... 1

BD00F119

13. Bucket Cylinder Closed End ...... 1 10 HRS

10 HRS

14 9

BD00F120

BD00F114

9. Dipper Cylinder - Closed End .......1

14. Bucket Cylinder Rod End ........... 1

174

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

BACKHOE GREASE FITTINGS 20 21 7

10

11

9

8

13 14 17

3

15

1

6

5

2

12

4

19

17 16 18 BC00H034

10 HRS

10 HRS

TRIM THIS EDGE

16

15 16

18 BD00F114

BD00F114

15. Bucket Link ................................ 1 16. Bucket Pivot ............................... 2

18. Bucket Pivot (Without Coupler) ... 1 10 HRS

10 HRS

17 19

17 BD00F114

17. Bucket Links ........ 4 (2 Each Side)

BD00F115

19. Extendable Dipper ........ 2 (Top and Bottom of Extendable Dipper, Bottom Not Shown)

175

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

100 HRS

100 HRS

BD00H148

BD00F036

20. Foot Swing Pedals (If Equipped).. 2

21. Extendable Dipper Foot Pedal (If Equipped) .............. 1

NOTE: Remove plastic plugs from backhoe control tower for access to the grease fittings for the foot swing pedals.

TRIM THIS EDGE

NOTE: Remove plastic plug from backhoe control tower for access to the grease fitting for the extendable dipper foot pedal.

176

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Two Wheel Drive Front Axle 50 HRS

50 HRS

2 1

BD00F098

BD04D001

1. King Pins ............... 4 (2 each side)

2. Front Axle Pivot - Remote Grease Fitting 1

50 HRS

50 HRS

4 3 3 BD00F098 BD00F097

3. King Pins................ 4 (2 each side)

4. Front Axle Pivot - Remote Grease Fitting 1

177

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Four Wheel Drive Front Axle

LUBRICATION

MACHINE GREASE FITTINGS

1

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

BS00H036

Use Case Akcela Molydisulfide Grease Lubricate the driveshaft pivot points every 250 hours. If you operate in severe conditions, lubricate more often. Clean the fittings before lubricating.

Drive Shaft - Four Wheel Drive Front Axle

Drive Shaft Transmission To Rear Axle

250 HRS

250 HRS

1 2 BD00F124

Front Slip Spline ................................ 1

BD00F128

Rear Slip Spline ................................ 1

178

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

FLUID LEVELS 250 HRS

10 HRS

4

1 BD03F016

1. ENGINE OIL - CASE AKCELA NO. 1 ENGINE OIL

BD00F122

4. FRONT 4WD AXLE OIL LEVEL - Case

Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra

50 HRS

5

BD03F019

2. COOLANT RESERVOIR - ETHYLENE GLYCOL AND WATER

BD03F020

5. TRANSMISSION FLUID - Case Akcela

Hy-Tran® Ultra

100 HRS

50 HRS

3 6

BD00F070

3. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR - Case Akcela

Hy-Tran® Ultra

BD00F076

6. BATTERY(IES) - DISTILLED WATER

179

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

100 HRS

2

LUBRICATION

100 HRS

7

8 BD00F131

7. REAR AXLE OIL LEVEL - Case Akcela

BD03H051

8. WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR (IF EQUIPPED) AS REQUIRED

Hy-Tran® Ultra

TRIM THIS EDGE 180

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS Engine Oil Selection Case Akcela No. 1 Engine Oil is recommended for use in your Case Engine. Case Akcela Engine Oil will lubricate your engine correctly under all operating conditions.

If Case Akcela No. 1 Multi-Viscosity or Single Viscosity Engine Oil is not available, use a commercial oil meeting API engine oil service category CI-4 (preferred) or CH-4.

See the chart below for recommended vicosity at ambient temperature ranges.

TRIM THIS EDGE

NOTE: Do not put Performance Additives or other oil additive products in the engine crankcase. The oil change intervals given in this manual are according to tests with Case Akcela lubricants.

BC02N250

181

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

ENGINE SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 580M Series II Family: Capacity...........................................................................................12.7 qts. (12 L) Oil Type.............................................Case Akcela No. 1 15W-40 API CI-4 or CH-4 Oil Level Check .............................. Every 10 hours of operation or once each day Oil Change and Filter Replacement ..........................Every 500 hours of operation

Engine Oil Level Check the engine oil level before you start the engine each day or before the star t of each 10 hour shift. Always check the oil level with the engine stopped and when the machine is on level ground. Push the engine oil level dipstick completely down and pull out to check the oil level.

TRIM THIS EDGE

If the oil level is below the ADD mark, add oil to raise the oil level up to the FULL mark.

1

2

BD03F018

1. ENGINE OIL LEVEL DIPSTICK 2. ENGINE OIL FILL LOCATION

182

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Engine Oil Change and Filter Replacement Change the engine oil and replace the filter after every 500 hours of operation or once a year, whichever occurs first.

NOTE: For more complete removal of foreign material, change the engine oil while the engine is still warm from operation.

1

IMPORTANT: You must shorten the oil change interval if you use diesel fuel with a sulphur content of more than 0.5%.

IMPORTANT: Change the engine oil more frequently when the engine operating conditions are severe (frequent stopping and starting and high or low engine temperatures).

BD03F028

1. ENGINE OIL FILTER

5. Use a clean cloth and wipe the sealing surface of the oil filter base to remove all dirt.

1. Before draining the oil, have a container that will hold at least 14 qt (13.2 L).

6. Apply a thin layer of clean grease or oil to the gasket of the new oil filter.

2. Remove the engine oil drain plug.

7. Turn the new oil filter onto the base until the gasket makes contact with the base. Continue to tighten the filter for 3/4 turn with your hand.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter wrench to install the oil filter. An oil filter wrench can cause a leak if the filter is dented.

1

8. Install the drain plug.

9. Put new oil into the engine.

BD00F126

1. ENGINE OIL DRAIN PLUG (LEFT SIDE OF PAN)

3. Open the hood.

183

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

4. Turn the oil filter counterclockwise to remove. Discard the old filter.

LUBRICATION B. Make sure other persons are clear of the machine. Turn the k e y sw i t c h t o S TA RT a n d actuate the starter for about 10 to 15 seconds.

1

C. Connect the wire to the injection pump solenoid.

BD05C027

1. INJECTION PUMP ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

10. If your machine is equipped with a turbocharger, fill the turbocharger oil lines with oil.

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. See the photo at the top of this column. Disconnect the electrical connector to the injection pump solenoid. This will prevent the engine from starting.

11. Start the engine and run at idle speed. Check the engine oil filter for leaks. After two minutes, stop the engine, wait 2 or 3 minutes, and check the engine oil level with the dipstick.

12. Close the hood.

Systemgard Lubrication Analysis Program The normal engine oil change interval is every 500 hours of operation, or once a y e a r, w h i c h ev e r o c c u r s f i r s t .

Operating conditions, quality of the engine oil and sulphur content of the fuel can change this inter val. It is recommended that you use the Systemgard Lubrications Analysis Program. See page 169 and your dealer.

184

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

AIR FILTER SYSTEM Service Specifications Air Cleaner Dust Valve Interval ............................................................. As required Air Filter Element Change Interval ..................... Every 1000 hours/Once a year or if the air restriction lamp illuminates.

Warning Lamp for Air Filter Restriction

Dust Valve

You must service the air filters if the air filter warning lamp illuminates when the engine is running.

1

2 BD03F015

2. DUST VALVE

Under most conditions the dust valve will clear itself.

Certain working conditions, however, may require the dust valve be removed and cleared of debris.

BS98M026/BD05D009

1. AIR FILTER RESTRICTION WARNING LAMP

NOTE: The air filter restriction lamp must be reset manually once it has illuminated. Push the reset button located behind the filter housing.

185

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

On star t up the air filter restriction warning lamp should illuminate and then go out after 3 seconds.

LUBRICATION

Replacing Engine Air Filters Replace the primary and secondary elements after 1000 hours of operation, after one year or if the air restriction lamp illuminates.

2

1. Raise the hood.

BD03F012

2. SECONDARY ELEMENT

4. Remove the secondary element.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD03F014

2. Push up on the tab and rotate the cover counterclockwise and remove.

1 BD03F010

5. Use a clean damp cloth and clean the inside of the filter body.

6. Install a new secondary element.

7. Install a new primary element.

8. Install the cover and turn the cover clockwise until the tab locks into the slot.

9. Make sure other persons are clear of the machine. Start the engine and check the air filter warning lamp.

BD03F012

1. PRIMARY ELEMENT

3. Remove the primary element.

IMPORTANT: Each time you service the air filter system make sure both filters are seated properly and the cover is secure.

186

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Service Specifications 580M and 580M Turbo Coolant Capacity - with heater ..................................................... 17.8 qts (16.8 L) Coolant Capacity - without heater ................................................ 17.0 qts (16.1 L) 580 Super M, 580 Super M + and 590 Super M Coolant Capacity - with heater ..................................................... 19.0 qts (18.0 L) Coolant Capacity - without heater ................................................ 18.3 qts (17.3 L) Coolant Level Check (deaeration reservoir) ................ Every 50 hours of operation Check and Tighten Coolant Hose Clamps ............................................ As required Coolant System Change ................... Every 2000 hours of operation or each year

A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water must be used in this machine. This mixture is used if the lowest ambient temperature is above − 3 7 ° C ( −3 4 ° F ) . I f t h e a m b i e n t temperature is lower, adjust the mixture to attain a lower freeze point using the freeze point-concentration chart on the label of your antifreeze concentrate or see page 121 “Operating in Cold We a t h e r ” . N e v e r u s e a c o o l a n t solution containing more than 60% glycol. It is recommended that ethylene glycol and water be used in your machine all year.

NOTE: After you fill the cooling system, mix the ethylene glycol and water completely by running the engine at operating temperature for approximately five minutes. This procedure must be done when the machine is in temperatures below 0 ° C (32 ° F).

TRIM THIS EDGE

Coolant Solution

BD03F019

DEAERATION RESERVOIR

Deaeration Reservoir Fluid Level Check the deaeration reservoir fluid level ever y 50 hours of operation.

Check the level when the coolant is cold and the engine is stopped. The coolant level must be between the FULL and ADD marks on the reservoir.

Add coolant as required to raise the coolant up to the FULL mark.

187

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Cleaning the Cooling System

!

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if the deaeration cap is removed. To remove the deaeration cap: Let system cool, slowly remove the cap by turning in small increments.

Scalding can result from fast removal of the deaeration cap.

Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions.

Drain, flush, and replace the engine coolant every 2000 hours of operation or every year, whichever occurs first.

Clean the system and replace the coolant if the coolant becomes dirty or has the color of rust.

DO NOT remove the deaeration cap if the coolant is hot. Allow the system to cool, then:

5. After you drain the cleaning solution, flush with clean water and drain the water.

6. Check the hoses, elbows, and water pump for leaks. Make sure the outside of the engine and radiator is clean.

TRIM THIS EDGE

7. Put a mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water in the r a d i a t o r. C o m p l e t e l y f i l l t h e deaeration reservoir slowly to the neck with coolant.

8. Start the engine and increase the temperature of the engine coolant.

When the coolant is at operating temperature, stop the engine and allow to cool. Check the coolant level at the deaeration reservoir only.

1

BD03F019

1. DEAERATION CAP

9. Fill the deaeration reservoir to the FULL mark as required and install the cap.

1. Place a suitable container under the drain valve.

2. Open the radiator drain valve and remove the deaeration cap.

3. After all coolant is removed, close the drain valve.

4. Add cleaning solution to the cooling system and fill the cooling system w i t h c l e a n w a t e r. Fo l l o w t h e directions included with the cleaning solution.

188

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM Service Specifications 580M and 580 Super M Fuel Tank Capacity......................................................................... 31.4 gal (119 L) Optional Tank ................................................................................ 40.0 gal (151 L) 580 Super M + and 590 Super M Fuel Tank Capacity ....................................................................... 42. 0 gal (159 L) Draining Water from Main Filter ................................................................ 50 hours Draining Water from the Fuel Tank.......................................................... 250 hours Replacing the Fuel Filter ........................................................................ 500 hours

The best fuel for this machine is one which meets ASTM and EMA specification for grade 2-D.

2

See Amer ican Society for Testing Materials International @ w w w. a s t m . c o m a n d E n g i n e M a n u fa c t u r e r s A s s o c i a t i o n @ www.enginemanufacturers.org for more information.

1 Fuel Tank Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day.

A f u l l t a n k w i l l p r ev e n t w a t e r condensation. The use of Diesel Fuel Conditioner will also help this problem.

BS00H040

1. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE 2. LOW FUEL LEVEL WARNING LAMP

Fuel Conditioner Diesel fuel conditioner is available from your Case dealer. The conditioner will clean the fuel injectors, valves, and manifold; disperse insoluble gum deposits that form in the fuel system, separate moisture from the fuel and stabilize fuel in storage.

189

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Diesel Fuel Specifications

LUBRICATION

Checking for Water or Sediment C h e ck t h e f u e l f i l t e r fo r wa t e r o r sediment every 50 hours of operation or each week.

If after several checks no water is found, extend the interval.

1 BD03K052

NOTE: If fuel does not flow after loosening the valve it may be necessary to loosen the bleed screw shown above.

2

2. Close the drain valve.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD03F022

1. FUEL FILTER 2. FUEL FILTER WATER DRAIN

3. If you find water or sediment, loosen the drain plug at the bottom of the fuel tank. After the water and sediment are removed, tighten the plug.

1. Hold a small container under the main filter and loosen the drain valve.

Fuel Tank Check the fuel tank for water and sediment every 250 hours of operation, or if water was found in the main filter.

3

BD00F099

3. FUEL TANK DRAIN

190

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Replacing the Fuel Filter 6. Install the rubber seal on the filter head spud.

Replace the fuel filters every 500 hours of operation or if you have a loss of engine power.

7. Apply clean oil to the gasket of the new filter. Do not fill the new filter with fuel before installation.

8. Turn the main filter clockwise onto the filter body until the filter gasket makes contact with the filter body.

Continue to tighten the filter with your hand for 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

1

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter wrench to tighten the filter. You can cause a leak if the filter is dented with the wrench.

1. Clean the area around the filter.

2. Use a filter wrench and turn the filter counterclockwise to remove.

10. Remove the air from the fuel system. See the next topic “ R e m ov i n g A i r Fr o m t h e F u e l System”.

3. Remove the rubber seal from the spud on the filter head.

4. Use a cloth and clean the gasket surfaces of the filter body.

5. Apply clean engine oil to the new rubber seal.

191

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

9. Fill the tank with fuel.

BD03F022

1. FUEL FILTER

LUBRICATION

Removing Air from the Fuel System Air must be removed from the fuel system if one or more of the following conditions occurs: • If the engine stops because of no fuel in the tank.

• If the fuel filters are replaced.

• If the fuel system has been serviced.

• If the machine has been in storage for three months or more.

3. Actuate the hand primer pump.

When fuel with no air flows from the air removal screw, tighten the air removal screw.

1

1. Fill the fuel tank.

2. Loosen the air removal screw on the filter head two or three turns.

BD03F018

1. HAND PRIMER PUMP

TRIM THIS EDGE

1

BD05C031

1. AIR BLEED SCREW

192

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Service Specifications 580 M Total System................................................................................... 28.0 gal (106 L) With Filter Change ...................................................................... 14.5 gal (54.9 L) Without Filter Change .................................................................... 14.0 gal (53 L) 580 Super M + Total System................................................................................... 31.5 gal (119 L) With Filter Change ...................................................................... 14.5 gal (54.9 L) Without Filter Change .................................................................... 14.0 gal (53 L) Total System................................................................................. 34.25 gal (130 L) With Filter Change ...................................................................... 14.5 gal (54.9 L) Without Filter Change .................................................................... 14.0 gal (53 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra Fluid Level Check ..............................................................50 hours or each day Filter Replacement ............................................................................ 1000 hours Hydraulic Fluid Change ..................................................................... 1000 hours

!

WARNING: Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into your skin can cause severe injury or death. Keep your hands and body away from any pressurized leak. Use cardboard or paper to check for a leak. If fluid is injected into your skin, see a doctor immediately.

SA024

193

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

590 Super M

LUBRICATION

Hydraulic Fluid Level

Hydraulic Filter

Check the fluid level of the hydraulic system every 50 hours of operation or each week, whichever occurs first.

If the machine is new, replace the filter after the first 100 hours of operation.

Then, replace the filter after every 1000 hours of operation or if the warning lamp for the hydraulic oil filter is illuminated.

1 1

BD00F070

1. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR FLUID LEVEL

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05D012 / BC00B113

1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Make sure the loader bucket is on the ground and the backhoe is in the transport position. Make sure the bottom of the loader bucket is parallel to the ground. Stop the engine.

1. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER WARNING LAMP

Procedure to Check the Condition of the Hydraulic Filter

3. Make sure the hydraulic fluid is cold when you check the level (fluid t e m p e ra t u r e t h e s a m e a s t h e outside air temperature).

4. The hydraulic reservoir is full when hydraulic fluid covers half of the sight gauge window.

IMPORTANT: When the hydraulic fluid level is low, a small amount of hydraulic fluid will remain on the lower part of the sight gauge window. This condition does not show a correct fluid level.

1. Start the engine and raise the temperature of the hydraulic fluid to operating temperature (side of the hy d ra u l i c r e s e r vo i r fe e l s ve r y w a r m ) . To i n c r e a s e t h e temperature of the hydraulic fluid, do the following: A. Increase the engine speed to full throttle and roll back the loader bucket and hold the control lever in this position for 15 seconds.

B. After 15 seconds, move the control lever to the NEUTRAL position.

C. Repeat steps A and B until the side of the hydraulic reservoir feels very warm.

2. Increase the engine speed to full throttle. If the warning lamp for the hydraulic filter illuminates, replace the filter.

194

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

Replacing the Hydraulic Filter 1. Lower the loader bucket to the gr ound a nd app ly the pa r king brake.

2. Stop the engine.

1 BD00F129

1. HYDRAULIC FILTER

4. Lubricate the gasket on the new filter with clean oil.

5. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

6. Start the engine and check for leaks at the hydraulic filter.

195

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

3. Use a filter wrench and remove the old filter from the machine.

LUBRICATION

Hydraulic Fluid Change Change the hydraulic fluid every 1000 hours of operation.

5. Remove the fill cap and remove the drain plug. Drain the hydraulic fluid from the hydraulic reservoir.

1. Make sure the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature.

6. Install the drain plug.

7. Put new MS-1209, Hy-Tran® Ultra into the reservoir.

2. Lower the loader bucket to the ground and put the backhoe in the TRANSPORT position.

8. Start the engine and operate the loader and backhoe controls for three to four minutes. Stop the engine and check for leaks. Check the fluid level.

3. Stop the engine and put a Do Not Operate tag on the key switch.

4. Put a container under the drain plug that will hold 57 litres (15 U.S. gallons).

TRIM THIS EDGE

IMPORTANT: When the hydraulic fluid level is low, a small amount of hydraulic fluid will remain on the lower part of the sight gauge window. This condition does not show a correct fluid level.

Pump Charge Procedure If the hydraulic fluid supply to the pump has been interrupted due to hydraulic fluid change, pump replacement, or a broken line, see the Service Manual or your Case dealer for proper start up procedure.

1 1

BD00F070

1. FILL CAP 2. DRAIN PLUG

196

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

TRANSMISSION Transmission Capacities 2 Wheel Drive Total system capacity ......................................................... 19.5 qts (18.5 L) Refill with or without filter change ......................................... 12.6 qts (11.9 L) Type of Fluid .................................................... Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 4 Wheel Drive / Standard and Powershift Total system capacity .......................................................... 22.0 qts (21.0 L) Refill with or without filter change / Standard only................ 15.2 qts (14.4 L) Refill with filter change / Powershift only .............................. 15.2 qts (14.4 L) Refill without filter change / Powershift only ......................... 14.2 qts (13.4 L) Type of Fluid (Standard Transmission) ............. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra Type of Fluid (Powershift) ................................................. Case Trans - XHD or Shell Donax TA (331-335), Elfmatic G-3 (331-334), or Pennzoil ATF Fluid Level Check ................................................................................... 250 hours Filter Replacement .............................................................................. 1000 hours Transmission Breather Cleaning ......................................................... 1000 hours Transmission Fluid Change ................................................................. 1000 hours

Fluid Level Check the fluid level of the transmission after the first 20 hours of operation with a new machine. Then check the fluid level every 250 hours of operation.

Check the fluid level when the machine is parked on level ground and with the engine running.

The fluid level must be between the ADD and FULL marks on the dipstick. If the fluid level is at the ADD mark, add fluid as required until the fluid level is at the full mark.

!

1 BD03F020

1. POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

WARNING: Rotating fan and belts: Contact will cause injury. Keep clear.

SB071

197

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Service Specifications

LUBRICATION

Standard Transmission Fluid Change, Filter Replacement, and Breather Cleaning On a new machine change the transmission filter after the first 100 hours of operation.

2. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.

3. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

Change the transmission fluid, replace the transmission filter, and clean the breather every 1000 hours of operation.

Standard Transmission Fluid Change 1. Put a container under the drain plug that will hold 22.7 litres (6 U.S. gallons).

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter strap wrench to install the filter. A fluid leak can occur if the filter is dented by the filter strap wrench.

2. Remove the dipstick and the drain plug.

4. Install the drain plug and fill with new fluid.

TRIM THIS EDGE

5. Start the engine and check for leaks around the filter.

6. Operate the machine in first and second gear for a few minutes.

Pa r k t h e m a c h i n e o n a l ev e l surface. With the engine running at idle speed, check the fluid level.

Add fluid as required.

1 BP98J008

1. DRAIN PLUG

Standard Transmission Breather Cleaning 1. Clean the breather.

Standard Transmission Filter Replacement 1. Remove the old filter and discard.

Clean the filter mounting surface with a clean cloth.

area

around

the

2. Remove and clean the breather with solvent every 1000 hours of operation. Wear face protection, blow dry with compressed air, and install the breather.

1 BD00H127

1. STANDARD TRANSMISSION FILTER

198

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION 3. Remove the transmission filter and discard. Clean the filter mounting surface with a clean cloth.

1

BD00H127

1. BREATHER

Powershift Transmission (If Equipped)

1

On a new machine change the transmission filter after the first 100 hours of operation.

BD00F132

4. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.

Change the transmission fluid, replace the transmission filter and clean the breather every 1000 hours of operation.

5. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

Powershift Transmission Fluid Change 1. Put a container under the drain plug that will hold 22.7 litres (6 U.S. gallons).

2. Remove the dipstick and drain plug.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter strap wrench to install the filter. A fluid leak can occur if the filter is dented by the filter strap wrench.

6. Install the drain plug and fill with new oil.

7. Start the engine and check for leaks around the filter.

1 BD00F134

8. Operate the machine in first and second gear for a few minutes.

Pa r k t h e m a c h i n e o n a l ev e l surface. With the engine running at idle speed, check the fluid level.

Add as required.

1. DRAIN PLUG

199

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. TRANSMISSION FILTER

LUBRICATION

REAR AXLE Service Specifications 580M, 580 Super M and 580 Super M +: Capacity - center bowl ............................................................... 15.0 qts (14.2 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................... 1.6 qt (1.5 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra 590 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ............................................................... 15.0 qts (14.2 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................. 2.0 qts (2.1 L) Type of Fluid............................................................ Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra All Models: Oil Level Check ..................................................................................... 250 hours Axle Breather Cleaning ......................................................................... 250 hours Oil Change .......................................................................................... 1000 hours AOA....................................................................................................... 1000 hours TRIM THIS EDGE

Rear Axle Oil Temperature Lamp

Rear Axle Oil Level

The rear axle oil temperature warning lamp will illuminate when the temperature reaches 305° F (152° C). If the lamp illuminates, select a lower t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r. I f t h e l a m p c o n t i nu e s t o i l l u m i n a t e, s t o p t h e machine and allow the axle oil to cool.

Continuous hard braking can cause the axle oil temperature to rise, illuminating the lamp.

Check the oil level of the rear axle after the first 20 hours of operation with a new machine. Check the oil level in the center bowl and each planetary every 250 hours of operation.

1. Park the machine on a level surface. Make sure the direction control lever is in the NEUTRAL position and the gear shift control lever is in the NEUTRAL position.

2. Use the stabilizers to raise the rear wheels about one inch (25 mm) above the ground.

3. Rotate the wheel so that the oil level plug is in the position shown.

1

BC00H041/BS00H040

1. REAR AXLE OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP

200

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION 2. Make sure the direction control lever is in the NEUTRAL position and the gear shift control lever is in the NEUTRAL position.

1

3. Use the stabilizers to raise the rear wheels about 25 mm (one inch) above the ground.

BP98J086

1. OIL LEVEL AND DRAIN PLUG 2. LEVEL LINE

4. Remove the oil level plug. The oil level must be even with the plug hole. Replace the oil level plug.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the other side.

6. Lower the wheel to the ground.

7. Remove the plug from the center bowl. The oil level must be even with the plug hole. Replace the oil level plug.

4. Rotate the wheels so that the oil l eve l p l u g s a r e i n t h e c o r r e c t position to drain the oil. Lower the wheels to the ground.

5. Stop the engine.

6. Put a pan under each planetary and the drain plug for the center bowl.

7. Remove the three drain plugs and remove the oil from each planetary and from the center bowl.

1 BD00F131

1

1. CENTER BOWL DRAIN PLUG

BD00F131

1. CENTER BOWL OIL LEVEL PLUG

Rear Axle Oil Change You must change the oil in the rear axle and add axle oil additive at the same time.

8. Rotate the wheels to the oil level check position and put the specified amount of oil in each planetary end and in the center bowl.

9. Add Case Akcela axle oil additive to the center bowl.

1. Park the machine on a level surface and make sure the oil in the rear axle is at operating temperature.

201

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

LUBRICATION

Breather Clean the breather for the rear axle every 250 hours of operation. If you operate the machine during severe operating conditions, clean the breather more frequently.

Remove the dirt from the area around the breather and clean the breather with solvent. Wear face protection and blow dry with compressed air.

1

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD05C032

1. BREATHER

202

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE FRONT AXLE Service Specifications 580M and 580 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 5.8 qts (5.5 L) Capacity - each wheel end ........................................................... 0.7 qts (0.66 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra

590 Super M: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 6.9 qts (6.5 L) Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................... 1.1 qt (1.0 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra All Models Oil Level Check ..................................................................................... 250 hours Axle Breather Cleaning ......................................................................... 250 hours Oil Change .......................................................................................... 1000 hours

4WD Oil Level Check the oil level of the front drive axle after the first 20 hours of operation with a new machine. Then, check the oil level every 250 hours of operation.

You must check the oil level of the center bowl and each planetary end.

1. Park the machine on a level surface. Make sure the direction control lever is in the NEUTRAL position and the gear shift control lever is in the NEUTRAL position.

2. Use the loader and raise the front wheels about 25 mm (one inch) above the ground.

3. Rotate the wheel so that the oil level plug is in the position shown.

1 2

BD05C047

1. OIL LEVEL AND DRAIN PLUG 2. LEVEL LINE

4. Remove the oil level plug. The oil level must be even with the plug hole. Replace the oil level plug.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the other side.

6. Lower the wheels to the ground.

203

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

580 Super M +: Capacity - center bowl ................................................................... 8.0 qts (7.6 L) Type of Fluid......................................................... Case Transaxle Fluid MS 1317 Capacity - each wheel end ............................................................. 0.75 qt (0.7 L) Type of Fluid............................................................. Case Akcela Hy-Tran® Ultra

LUBRICATION 7. Remove the three drain plugs and remove the oil from each planetary and from the center bowl.

7. Remove the plug from the center bowl. The oil level must be even with the plug hole. Replace the oil level plug.

1 1 BD00F122

1. CENTER BOWL DRAIN PLUG

BD00F122

1. OIL LEVEL PLUG

8. Install the drain plugs.

TRIM THIS EDGE

4WD Front Axle Oil Change

Breather

You must change the oil in the front d r i v e a x l e ev e r y 1 0 0 0 h o u r s o f operation.

Clean the breather for the front axle every 250 hours of operation. If you operate the machine during severe operating conditions, clean the breather more frequently.

1. Park the machine on a level surface and make sure the oil in the front drive axle is at operating temperature.

2. Make sure the direction control lever is in the NEUTRAL position and the gear shift control lever is in the NEUTRAL position.

Remove the dirt from the area around the breather and clean the breather with solvent. Wear face protection and blow dry with compressed air.

3. Use the loader to raise the front wheels about 25 mm (one inch) above the ground.

4. Rotate the wheels so that the oil l eve l p l u g s a r e i n t h e c o r r e c t position to drain the oil. Lower the wheels to the ground.

1

5. Stop the engine.

6. Put a pan under each planetary and the drain plug for the center bowl.

BD00F098

1. BREATHER

204

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

LUBRICATION

CAB AIR FILTER Clean the cab air filters (if equipped) every 1000 hours of operation or if the air flow in the cab is reduced.

3. Remove the filter mounting bracket.

from

the

1. Remove the mounting screws.

BD00F060

BD00F059

2. Carefully remove cab air filter and mounting bracket.

5. Install the new or serviced filter in the mounting bracket.

6. Put the cab air filter and mounting bracket in position in the head liner.

7. Install the mounting screws.

BD00F058

205

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

4. Use a cloth and clean the filter area.

LUBRICATION

NOTES

TRIM THIS EDGE 206

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT: 1. Release the parking brake and turn the end of the lever clockwise two or three turns.

2. Pull the parking brake lever back. See the topic “Parking Brake Check” on page 103 and test the parking brake.

If the parking brake does not hold the machine, see the service manual or your dealer.

!

WARNING: Uncontrolled machine movement can injure. Before you turn the operators seat around to the BACKHOE operating position, shift the direction control lever and transmission control to NEUTRAL and apply the parking brake.

SB050

207

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

IMPORTANT: You can damage the parking brake, which is also the service brake, if you move the machine and the parking brake is applied.

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

LOADER RETURN-TO-DIG ADJUSTMENT 1. Park the machine on a level surface and apply the par king brake.

4. Loosen the adjusting bolts for the return-to-dig switch and move the switch in the slot so that the roller on the switch is resting on the edge of the cam on the loader arm.

2. Lower the loader bucket to the ground and make sure the bottom of the bucket is at the desired digging angle.

5. Tighten the bolts.

6. Start the engine, raise the loader bucket to full height, and dump the bucket.

7. Put the loader control lever in the RETURN-TO-DIG position. The loader bucket will lower to the ground.

8. Stop the engine.

TRIM THIS EDGE

9. Check the position of the loader bucket. If the bucket is not in the correct position, see steps 10 and 11.

BD00G048

3. Stop the engine.

10. Move the return-to-dig switch rearward if the bucket did not roll back far enough.

11. Move the return-to-dig switch forward if the bucket rolled back too far.

1 BD00H149

1. ADJUSTING BOLTS

NOTE: When moving the switch bracket forward or rearward for adjustment, be sure the bracket is pushed in toward the machine as the bolts are tightened. This will assure full contact of the switch with the actuating cam.

12. Repeat steps 6 through 10 until the bu cke t r e t u r n s t o t h e c o r r e c t position.

208

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

FAN DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT 6. Remove the four cap screws, flat washers, and lock washers that fasten the pump drive coupling to the crankshaft pulley.

1. Park the machine on a level surface and apply the par king brake.

2. Raise the loader lift arms to full height and install the loader lift arm support strut on the cylinder rod.

See page 163.

7. Move the pump drive coupling toward the hydraulic pump.

8. Remove the old drive belt.

3. Stop the engine, remove the key, and open the hood.

10. Align the coupling crankshaft pulley.

with

the

11. Install the cap screws, flat washers, and lock washers that fasten the coupling to the crankshaft pulley.

Tighten the cap screws from 95 to 114 Nm (70 to 85 pound-feet).

12. Use the breaker bar to move the tension pulley bracket just far enough to install the drive belt on the alternator pulley.

BD03F029

1. TENSION PULLEY BRACKET

5. Push the breaker bar up just enough to release the tension on the drive belt. Remove the drive belt from the water pump pulley first and then from the other pulleys.

13. Remove the breaker bar and close the hood.

14. Lower the loader bucket to the ground.

PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS Avoid using gasoline, paint thinner, etc., when cleaning plastic parts, console, instrument cluster, etc. Use only water, mild soap, and a soft cloth when you clean these parts.

Using gasoline, thinners, etc., can cause discoloration, cracking, or deformation of the part being cleaned.

209

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

4. Install a 1/2 inch breaker bar in the tension pulley bracket.

9. Install the new drive belt on the water pump pulley and crankshaft pulley.

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER (IF EQUIPPED)

!

WARNING: The spark arrester is not intended to be used in closed areas where there is dust or vapor that can cause an explosion.

SB025

Clean the spark arrester muffler every 100 hours of operation.

1. Stop the engine and make sure the loader bucket is on the ground.

2. Open the hood.

3. Remove the plug from the side of the muffler.

1

BD05C027

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. INJECTION PUMP SOLENOID WIRING CONNECTOR

5. Be sure to wear face protection for this step. Have another person hold a block of wood over the muffler outlet.

1

6. Turn the key switch to START for approximately 30 seconds.

7. Turn the key switch to OFF.

B861829J

1. PLUG

8. Connect the wire to the injection pump solenoid and install the plug in the muffler.

9. Close the hood.

NOTE: The muffler on your machine may be of a different configuration than the one shown above.

4. Apply the parking brake and disconnect the wire to the injection pump solenoid on the engine.

210

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR Refer to the service manual for complete instructions on testing the accumulator and solenoid.

Never disconnect the hydraulic line between the accumulator and the solenoid valves without first discharging all hydraulic pressure from the hydraulic system. Always refer to the accumulator decal located at the right, in the safety section of this manual or the decal located on the accumulator mounting plate.

!

384260A1

WARNING: The accumulator on this machine contains highly pressurized nitrogen gas. If the accumulator system does not function correctly, replace the accumulator. DO NOT attempt to repair the accumulator, only install a new one. Injury or death can result if you do not follow these instructions.

SA142

PILOT CONTROL ACCUMULATOR The Pilot Control Accumulator allows the backhoe to be lowered to the ground with the engine off. It also allows pressure to be relieved from backhoe hydraulic circuits.

5. Lower the dipper. If the dipper lowers, the accumulator is working correctly.

To ve r i f y p r o p e r o p e ra t i o n o f t h e accumulator: 1. Start the engine, operate the backhoe and raise the dipper so that it is parallel to the ground.

2. Shut off the engine and turn the key switch back to ON but DO NOT start the engine.

3. Turn the pilot control switch on by pushing it to the enable position.

4. Move each joystick in ONE complete circle, stopping in the neutral, (center) position.

211

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

If the ride control accumulator must be replaced for any reason, always follow the instruction on the decal located on the accumulator mounting plate.

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

CAB AIR CONDITIONING Lubrication of the Air Conditioning Compressor Seals Every 250 hours of operation, run the air conditioning to lubricate the compressor seals. Turn the air conditioning control to MAXIMUM for at least 15 minutes. In temperatures below 32° F (0° C) put a cover over the air conditioning condenser.

This will make sure the refrigerant and lubricants in the system will be at operating temperature.

Air Conditioning Compressor

!

WARNING: Rotating fan and belts: Contact will cause injury. Keep clear.

SB071

Belt Tension 1

TRIM THIS EDGE

C h e ck t h e t e n s i o n o f a n ew fa n / alternator or air-conditioning belt after the first 10 hours of operation. Then, check the tension of the belt every 250 hours of operation.

1

Check the belt with a belt tension gauge, and adjust the belt to 20 to 25 kg (45 to 55 pounds).

2

Belt Adjustment 1. Lower the loader bucket to the ground and stop the engine.

2. Open the hood.

3. Loosen the pivot bolt for the air conditioner compressor.

4. Loosen the adjusting bolts.

BD03F023

1. ADJUSTING BOLTS 2. PIVOT BOLT

5. Move the compressor out to tighten the belt. Tighten the adjusting bolts when the tension is correct.

6. Tighten the pivot bolt.

7. Close the hood.

212

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE Your machine has a roll-over protective structure (ROPS). A ROPS label is fastened to the structure. The ROPS label shows the serial number of the ROPS, gross weight, approval, regulation and model numbers of the machine.

ROPS Canopy Label

Clean belts only with a soap solution and warm water. Do not use bleach or dye on the belts because this can make the belts weak.

BD00J045

Seat Belt Every 500 hours of operation check the seat belt mounting bolts and hardware for correct torque. See the torque charts on page 281.

The seat belt is an important part of your ROPS. You must wear the seat belt at all times when you operate the machine.

BD00J034

Maintenance and Inspection of ROPS Every 500 hours of operation check the ROPS canopy, ROPS cab, and lower frame hardware for proper torque.

Before you op erat e th e m ac hin e, always make sure that the ROPS and operator’s seat belts are correctly installed.

Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage, away from the belts.

From time to time check belts, buckles, retract ors, tethe rs, sla ck ta ke -up system and mounting bolts for damage.

Replace all parts that have damage or wear. Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt weak.

1. Check the torque of the ROPS m o u n t i n g b o l t s. I f n e c e s s a r y, tighten the bolts to the correct torque. See the following page.

2. Check the operator’s seat and the mounting parts for the seat belt.

Tighten the bolts to the correct torque. See the torque charts on page 281. Replace the parts that have wear or damage.

Keep seat belts clean and dry.

213

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

ROPS Cab Label

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS 3. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in the ROPS and ROPS parts. Age, weather, and accidents can cause damage to the ROPS and ROPS parts. If you have any doubt about the ROPS system, see your dealer.

Mounting Bolts for ROPS Canopy, ROPS Cab and Lower Frame

TRIM THIS EDGE 1. 220 TO 264 POUND-FEET (298 TO 358 NM)

214

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

BC00J080

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Damage to the ROPS If the machine has rolled over or the ROPS has been in some other type of accident (such as hitting an overhead object during transport), you must replace the damaged ROPS components to get as much protection as you had originally.

After an accident, check the following for damage.

1. ROPS cab or ROPS canopy.

See the parts catalog or your dealer for components that are replaceable.

2. Lower ROPS frame.

3. Operator’s seat.

4. Seat belt mounting and seat belt.

!

Befor e you op era te th e m a chin e, replace all ROPS components that are damaged.

D O N OT T RY TO W E L D O R STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS.

WARNING: Improper ROPS inspection or maintenance can cause injury or death. Do the recommended ROPS inspection shown in this manual. If you must replace the ROPS, ROPS parts, or ROPS mounting hardware, use only the replacement parts shown in the Case parts catalog for this machine.

!

WARNING: Do not modify ROPS in any manner. Unauthorized modifications such as welding, drilling, cutting or adding attachments can weaken the structure and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS if subjected to roll-over or damage. Do not attempt to repair.

SB026

!

WARNING: If you operate this machine without a ROPS and the machine rolls over, you can be injured or killed. Remove the ROPS only for service or replacement. Do not operate this machine with the ROPS removed.

SA027

!

WARNING: Adding additional weight (attachments, etc.) to the machine can cause injury or death. Do not exceed the gross weight printed on the ROPS label.

SA028

!

WARNING: You are protected by the ROPS system on this machine (RollOver Protective Structure). The seat belt is an important part of that ROPS system. Before you operate this machine, always fasten the seat belt. If the machine rolls over and you DO NOT have the seat belt fastened, you can be crushed by the ROPS or the machine.

SA080

215

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

SA029

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Seat Maintenance As necessary, for seat cushions vinyl or cloth, treat as automobile or home product with the same cover.

1

1

Always try to clean the stain or loose dirt as soon as possible. Brush and vacuum loose dirt. Use cold water on fabric stains first and then quality automotive or household cleaners.

Stains on vinyl should be cleaned with warm soapy water first. If alcohol based clea ner is us ed, ca utio n must be exercised.

2 BD05D015

1. SEAT SLIDES SHOWN FROM REAR 2. BEARING AREA

If alcohol based cleaners are used, on either cloth or vinyl, it is recommended to test a small area, first.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Every 500 hours of operation or, as necessary, lubricate the seat slides.

Use compressed air, to keep the seat bearing area clear of debris, and dirt.

Specification.................graphite grease

!

WARNING: Always wear approved eye protection when using compressed air.

IMPORTANT: Do not lubricate the bearing area. Use compressed air only, to clear dirt and debris.

216

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

3

3

4 BD05C062

3. ARMREST PAD (ONE EACH SIDE 4. ARMREST PAD SCREW

Loosen the phillips screw at the front, underside of the armrest and replace.

(The rear of the pad snaps into position).

BD05E097

Tip the backrest fully forward and lubricate the tilt mechanism on each side with graphite grease.

217

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

The arm rest pads may be replaced, if necessary.

MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

FIRE EXTINGUISHER Type of Fire Extinguisher

Inspection and Care

It is recommended that you have a fire extinguisher on your machine. The fire extinguisher shown below is available from your Case dealer and can be installed on the machine.

EVERY MONTH: It is recommended that you inspect the fire extinguisher once each month for damage and to i n s u r e t h a t t h e g a u g e i s wo r k i n g correctly.

ONCE EACH YEAR: Have the fire equipment representative inspect the fire extinguisher. Reference NFPA Standard No. 10-1992.

E V E RY 6 Y E A R S : H a ve t h e d r y chemical removed and refilled by a fire equipment representative. Reference NFPA Standard No. 10-1992

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00F064

This dry chemical fire extinguisher (Case part number 549974C91) has a 5 pound capacity and is approved for class A, B, and C type fires. The operating temperature is from −65° to 120° F (−54° to 49° C).

ONCE EVERY 12 YEARS: Have the fire equipment representative hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher.

Reference NFPA Standard No. 101992.

218

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL BATTERIES Battery Safety

!

WARNING: Before you service a battery, always wear face protection, protective gloves, and protective clothing. Battery acid or battery explosion can cause serious injuries.

!

WARNING: Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote: EXTERNAL - Flush with water. INTERNAL - Drink large quantities of water or milk. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately. BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep sparks, flame, cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in enclosed area. Always wear eye protection when working near batteries. Wash hands after handling. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. M144B

!

WARNING: When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if, (1) you try to charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and run the engine.

To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured.

SA033

!

WARNING: Sparks or flame can cause hydrogen gas in a battery to explode.

To prevent an explosion, do the following: 1. When you disconnect the battery cables, always disconnect the negative (−) battery cable first.

2. When you connect the battery cables, always connect the negative (−) battery cable last.

3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal items.

4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.

SA034

219

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

SA046

ELECTRICAL

Battery Service NOTE: The electrical system in this machine is 12 volt.

Before you service components of the electrical system, always disconnect the negative (-) battery cables.

Do not run the engine with the battery cables disconnected or with the alternators wires disconnected.

Before using an electric welder, disconnect the alternator wires, instrument cluster, and battery(ies).

Do not use a steam cleaner or cleaning solvent to clean the alternator.

One Battery System

Two Battery System 1

3 1

TRIM THIS EDGE

2

BD00H122

1. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL

BD00F076

1. POSITIVE (+) TERMIINAL 2. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL 3. NEGATIVE (-) TERMINAL AND GROUND

Battery Fluid Level Check the fluid level of the batteries every 1000 hours of operation. If the fluid level is low, add clean or distilled water to each cell until the fluid level is 1/8 inch below the split ring at the bottom of each cell opening.

IMPORTANT: If the temperature is 32° F (0° C) or below and you have added water to the batteries, do the following: Connect a battery charger to the batteries or run the engine for approximately two hours. This procedure is necessary to mix the water with the electrolyte.

Battery Vents Keep the battery vents clean. Make sure the vents are not restricted.

220

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

Cleaning the Batteries Check the batteries regularly for dirt, corrosion and damage. Dirt mixed with electrolyte or moisture on the top of the battery, can cause a discharged condition in the battery. Wear face protection and use one of the following methods to clean the battery: 1. Use Case Battery Saver, part number M20376. Follow the instructions on the container. This cleaner does not require water.

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. Use baking soda or ammonia and flush the outside of the battery with water. If you do not have Case Battery Saver, use other special cleaners to prevent corrosion on the battery terminals.

221

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

BULB REPLACEMENT Stop, Tail, Flasher and Turn Signal Bulbs - Cab

Flasher and Turn Signal

BD00J041 BD00J036

1. Remove the lens.

4. Remove the socket from the lens.

Stop and Tail Lamps TRIM THIS EDGE BD00J033 BD00J039

2. Remove the socket from the lens.

5. Replace the bulb.

Flasher and Turn Signal Bulb ......No. 1156 Bulb

BD00J039

3. Replace the bulb.

Stop and Tail Lamp............... Part No. 279916A1

222

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

Flasher and Turn Signal Canopy

Dome Lamp

2

1

1 BD00F053

1. LENS

2 BC00J08

1. LENS 2. BULB

1. Remove the lens and replace the bulb.

Flasher/Turn Signal Bulb ........ No. 1156

223

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

1. Remove the lens and replace bulb.

Dome Lamp Bulb .......No. 211 Bulb

ELECTRICAL

Driving and Flood Lamps

2

1

2

2

2

2 1

2 TRIM THIS EDGE

1. DRIVING LAMP BULB - PART NUMBER 1312210C2 2. FLOOD LAMP BULB - PART NUMBER 1312210C2

B9412114T

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the lamp from the cab for bulb replacement.

BD00L024

1. Remove the two screws.

BD00J025

2. Remove the lens from the lamp.

224

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

BD00J028

5. Move the wire spring holder and r e m o ve a n d d i s c a r d t h e bu l b assembly.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00J026

3. Disconnect the electrical connector for the bulb assembly.

BD00J027

4. Compress the wire spring holder for the bulb assembly.

BD00J026

6. Make sure the gasket is in place on the lens.

VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVING AND WORK LAMPS: The cross bolt in the lamp mounting bracket must be loosened before the lamp is moved. Moving the lamp without loosening the cross bolt can cause damage to the plastic housing, allowing the lamp to fall out of position.

225

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Warning lamp and instrument lamp replacement bulb assembly............ 388053A2 NOTE: Use only Case part specified for bulb assembly replacement, any other bulbs used could damage the instrument cluster.

1

1

1

1 1

TRIM THIS EDGE

3

2

2

3 BS00F083

1. WARNING LAMPS 2. BACK LIGHT LAMPS 3. MOUNTING SCREWS (2)

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s).

2. Remove the two screws that fasten the instrument cluster in the console. Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear of the instrument cluster and remove the instrument cluster.

BD00H152

3. Remove the two screws that fasten the rear cover to the frame.

226

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

BD00H151

4. Turn bulb holder counterclockwise to re move. Th e bulb a nd bu lb holder are service together, replace the bulb assembly.

BD00H150

NOTE: Make sure the O-ring is in position on the rear cover when the rear cover is installed.

227

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Remove the rear cover from the frame.

ELECTRICAL

FUSES 3 1

2 BD00G065

1. FUSE COVER

BD00G064

Remove the screw to access the fuses.

2. FUSE LOCATION DECAL INSIDE COVER 3. FUSES IN PLACE

TRIM THIS EDGE BS06K461

1. FUSE DECAL

228

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

RELAYS

BD00G071

Relays are under the cover on the left and right.

TRIM THIS EDGE

BD00G070

Use an acceptable tool and remove the access cover.

BS06K462

RELAY DECAL

229

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

ELECTRICAL

ACCESSORY OUTLETS Two accessory outlets, located on the right side panel of the instrument console, provide power for operator convenience items.

1

BD00F023

1. ACCESSORY OUTLETS

TRIM THIS EDGE 230

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

MACHINE STORAGE Long Term Storage Preparation Geographic, environmental and actual storage conditions make it difficult to follow a set storage procedure. The following procedure is for a storage period of 6 months or longer. This procedure is a good starting point but may not be all inclusive. If you have questions about storing your machine contact your Dealer.

12. Drain the cooling system. leave the d ra i n va l ve s o p e n a n d d o n o t tighten the radiator cap.

1. Wash the machine.

15. Clean and charge the battery or batteries. if necessary, move the battery(ies) to a wooden pallet in a temperature controlled environment.

3. Park the machine inside a building.

If a building is not available, park the machine in a dr y area on planks and cover the machine with a waterproof cover.

4. Lubricate fittings.

the

machine

grease

5. Paint areas that may have been scuffed or deter iorated due to operating environments.

6. Move all hydraulic controls through their complete ranges several times to relieve pressure in the circuits.

7. Drain the fuel tank.

8. Put approximately 2 gal. (8 L) of diesel flushing oil in the fuel tank.

R u n t h e e n g i n e u n t i l ex h a u s t smoke is blue/white.

14. Cover the exposed cylinder rods, equipment valve spools, with a rust and corrosion preventive.

16. Check the battery(ies) periodically for the correct electrolyte level. wear face protection and test the electrolyte with a hydrometer. when the hydrometer reading is near 1.215, charge the battery (ies).

17. Block the machine up so the tires are just off the surface, if possible.

IMPORTANT: Extreme Precautions Must Be Taken When Blocking A Machine Up For Long Periods. Block The Machine With The Tires Just Off The Surface. No More Than 1 In (25.4 Mm) Above The Surface.

9. Drain the flushing oil from the fuel tank.

10. Fill the fuel tank and add a diesel fuel conditioner by following the directions on the container.

11. Change the engine oil and replace the oil filter.

231

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

2. Replace any worn or damaged parts and components.

13. Place a do not operate tag on the steering wheel.

MACHINE STORAGE

Removal From Storage Do not start the engine until steps 1 through 13 have been done.

1. If the machine was blocked, lower it to the ground.

2. Change the fuel filters.

3. Fill the engine cooling system.

4. Check the condition of the drive belts. Replace if necessary.

5. Check the engine oil level.

6. Check the hydraulic oil level.

7. Check the transmission oil level.

8. Replace the engine air filters.

Replace cab air filters, if equipped.

TRIM THIS EDGE

9. Check the oil level of the rear axle.

Check the front of the 4WD axle, if equipped.

10. Lubricate fittings.

the

machine

grease

11. Use a petroleum based solvent and remove the rust and corrosion preventative.

12. Install the battery(ies).

13. Lubricate the turbocharger by priming the lines with oil before starting.

14. Start the engine.

232

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M Engine (naturally aspirated) Tier II Certified

Gear Ratios Converter Combined Hydraulic High Idle Low Idle

Low 2185 1485 2225 2320 850

High 2310 1800 2350 2450 950

233

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Model ...................................................................................... Case 445/M2 Diesel Type........................................................................................... Naturally Aspirated Bore and stroke ...................................................... 4.09 x 5.19 in (104 x 132 mm) Displacement ....................................................................... 272 cu in (4.50 litres) Fuel Injection.................................................................................................. Direct Horsepower - rated SAE net ...................................................................... 76 hp (57 kW) @2200 rpm SAE gross .................................................................. 80 hp (60 kW) @2200 rpm Torque Net ............................................................231 pound feet (314 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Gross ....................................................... 236 pound feet (320 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Torque rise at rated speed ............................................................................ 23 % Engine speeds:

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

Engine (turbocharged) Tier II Certified Model .................................................................................... Case 445T/M2 Diesel Type................................................................................................... Turbocharged Bore and stroke .............................................. 4.09 x 5.19 inches (104 x 132 mm) Displacement ....................................................................... 272 cu in (4.50 litres) Fuel Injection.................................................................................................. Direct Horsepower - rated SAE net....................................................................... 76 hp (57 kW) @2200 rpm SAE gross ................................................................. 85 hp (63 kW) @2200 rpm Torque Net ............................................................246 pound feet (334 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Gross ........................................................251 pound feet (340 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Torque rise at rated speed ............................................................................. 33% Engine speeds:

TRIM THIS EDGE

Gear Ratios Converter Combined Hydraulic High Idle Low Idle

Low 2215 1651 2225 2320 850

High 2313 1928 2375 2450 950

Electrical Voltage .............................................................................12 volts, negative ground Alternator ................................................................................................... 90 amp Battery............................................................................... 850 cold-cranking amps Optional Batteries ......................................................... 2, 600 cold-cranking amps Power plugs................................................................................... 2, 30 amps each

Hydraulics Pump.......................................................... gear-type tandem, transmission driven Filtration ..............................7-micron, full flow replaceable cartridge on return line Oil cooler ............................................................................................... Heavy Duty Main Relief Pressure.......... 3050 ± 50 psi @ 28.5 gpm @ (210 ± 3 bar 108 L/min) Loader Control Valve: Monoblock single lever control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, positive hold float and return-to-dig.

Loader Auxiliary Hydraulics with full loader flow available.

Loader flow @ rated engine rpm...... 28.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (108 L/min @ 210 bar) Backhoe flow @ rated engine rpm .... 28.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (108L/min @ 210 bar)

234

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M Manual Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Monoblock open-center, parallel circuits. Boom and dipper, with pilot operated checks.

Pilot Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Sectional closed-center with inlet compensator and circuits in parallel.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics Uni-directional flow, adjustable variable from 0 to 28.5 gpm (108L/min) Control operation: Manual ................................................................................ foot switch activated Pilot .................................................................................... button on left joystick Bi-directional flow, variable from 0 to 28.5 gpm (108 L/min) @ rated engine rpm.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Control operation: Manual ................................................................................................hand lever Pilot .................................................................................. buttons on left joystick

235

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

Powertrain Transmission: 4-speed synchromesh with hydraulically actuated clutches and electric F/R shuttle control, clutch disconnect buttons on the transmission shifter and loader control lever.

Gear Ratios 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Forward 5.491 3.043 1.584 0.793

Reverse 4.550 2.522 1.313 0.657

Travel Speeds with Standard Transmission

TRIM THIS EDGE

17.5L x 24 1st rear tires mph (km/h) Forward 3.3 (5.3) NOTE: Engine @ 2283 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 6.0 (9.6)

3rd mph (km/h) 11.4 (18.4)

4th mph (km/h) 22.9 (36.9)

19.5L x 24 1st rear tires mph (km/h) Forward 3.5 (5.6) NOTE: Engine @ 2283 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 6.4 (10.3)

3rd mph (km/h) 12.2 (19.6)

4th mph (km/h) 24.5 (39.4)

Front Tires 2WD .................................................................................11L x 16.1 (10-ply rating) 4WD .....................................................................................12 x 16.5 (8-ply rating) Rear Tires 2/4WD ..............................................................................17.5L x 24 (10-ply rating) 2/4WD ..............................................................................19.5L x 24 (10-ply rating) Torque Converter Ratio .................................................................................. 3.337 Differential Lock .................................................. On-the-go push-button activation Front 4WD axle Differential ratio .................................................................................................. 2.0 Planetary hub ratio............................................................................................. 6.0 Total reduction ratio.......................................................................................... 12.0 Rear axle Differential ratio .............................................................................................. 2.333 Planetary hub ratio......................................................................................... 6.923 Total reduction ratio...................................................................................... 16.153 Service brakes: Individually applied, hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, self-adjusting, inboard mounted, wet disc.

Parking brakes: Mechanically applied with electric activation sensors at each brake.

236

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

OPERATING WEIGHTS Lightest Configuration Equipped with 2WD, ROPS canopy, non-suspension seat, 82 in (2.08 m) general purpose loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) general purpose backhoe bucket, standard dipperstick, 17.5L x 24 rear tires, 11L x 16.1 front tires, single battery, standard cast stabilizer pads and no operator ....................................... 13 359 lb (6 060 kg) Heaviest Configuration Equipped with 4WD, ROPS cab, suspension seat, 82 in (2.08 m) 4 IN 1 loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) general purpose backhoe bucket Extendahoe dipperstick, 19.5L x 24 rear tires, 12L x 16.5 front tires, dual batteries, flip stabilizer pads and no operator ............................................................................. 16 510 lb (7 489 kg)

LOADER BUCKETS Capacities Struck m3 (cu yd)

Type

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu yd)

Weight kg (lbs)

2083 (82)

Standard

0.67 (.87)

0.79 (1.03)

310 (683)

2083 (82)

4-in-1

0.65 (.85)

0.80 (1.04)

663 (1462)

2362 (93)

Optional

0.82 (1.07)

0.96 (1.25)

422 (931)

*Add 47 kg (103 lbs) for bolt on cutting edge.

BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580M Width mm (Inch)

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu feet)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu feet)

Weight kg (lbs) 132 (290)

305 (12)

Universal HD

0.08 (3.00)

0.10 (3.40)

406 (16)

Universal HD

0.08

(2.92)

0.10

(3.60)

157 (346)

457 (18)

Universal HD

0.12

(4.40)

0.15 (5.30)

159 (350)

610 (24)

Universal HD

0.17

(6.10)

0.22 (7.70)

187 (413)

762 (30)

Universal HD

0.22

(7.90)

0.29 (10.20)

215 (475)

914 (36)

Universal HD

0.27 (9.60)

0.36 (12.70)

243 (535)

610

(24)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.20

(6.90)

0.24

(8.50)

204

(450)

457

(18)

G.P. Trenching

0.10

(3.57)

0.13

(4.70)

116

(255)

610

(24)

G.P. Trenching

0.13

(4.76)

0.18

(6.26)

136

(300)

762

(30)

G.P. Trenching

0.17

(5.95)

0.22

(7.83)

172

(380)

237

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Width mm (Inch)

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

580 M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. Overall operating height - fully raised: General Purpose Bucket......................................................... 13 ft 8 in (4.17 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) B. Height to Bucket hinge pin fully raised: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 Bucket ................................ 11 ft 2 in (3.4 m) C. Height to Bucket hinge pin @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 12.7 in (323 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 14.6 in (372 mm) D. Dump angle @ full height: General Purpose Bucket....................................................................46 degrees 4 IN 1 Bucket .....................................................................................45 degrees E. Dump clearance @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket........................................................... 8 ft 8 in (2.64 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.72 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open .......................................................... 9 ft 8 in (2.95 m) F. Dump reach @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 28.2 in (717 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 27.7 in (704 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open ......................................................... 14.2 in (360 mm) NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD, 19.5L x 24 rear tires and 82 inch (2.08m) general purpose bucket without bolt-on cutting edge.

238

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

G. Bucket rollback @ groundline: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 40 degrees H. Bucket rollback @ SAE carry:...........................................................................

General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 45 degrees J. Bucket rollback @ full height: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 ...................................................... adjustable K. Digging depth below grade with bucket flat: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 7.8 in (199 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 7.1 in (180 mm) Clam open (dozing).................................................................... 4.4 in (111 mm) L. Reach from front axle centerline to leading edge of bucket: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 77.6 in (1.91 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 75.2 in (1.85 m) M. Overall transport length: Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / GP Bucket ...................... 23 ft 2 in (7.07 m) Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / 4 In 1 Bucket .................. 23 ft 1 in (7.05 m) Overall transport width: Standard Backhoe .................................................................... 7 ft 2 in (2.18 m) Extendahoe............................................................................... 7 ft 2 in (2.18 m) NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD, 19.5L x 24 rear tires and 82 inch (2.08m) general purpose bucket without bolt-on cutting edge.

239

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

580 M DIMENSIONS

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

580 M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

N. Transport height: Standard Backhoe .................................................................. 11 ft 3 in (3.42 m) Extendahoe............................................................................. 11 ft 7 in (3.53 m) Height to: Top of canopy............................................................................ 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m) Top of cab ............................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.72 m) Top of exhaust........................................................................... 8 ft 8 in (2.64 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame............................................ 14.8 in (376 mm) O. Wheelbase 2WD........................................................................................... 84.0 in (2.13 m) 4WD........................................................................................... 84.5 in (2.15 m) Width across tires 17.5L x 24 ................................................................................ 81.7 in (2.074 m) 19.5L x 24 ................................................................................ 81.4 in (2.067 m) NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD, 19.5L x 24 rear tires and 82 inch (2.08m) general purpose bucket without bolt-on cutting edge.

240

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

580M OPERATIONAL DATA Standard Backhoe Digging depth: Maximum................................................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom ........................................................... 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom ............................................................. 13 ft 3 in (4.04 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline .................................................................. 21 ft 5 in (6.53 m) Swing pivot.............................................................................. 17 ft 10 in (5.44 m) Loading height............................................................................. 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) Loading reach - dipper retracted ................................................... 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m)

Digging depth: Maximum retracted ................................................................. 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 18 ft 3 in (5.56 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom retracted............................................ 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom extended ........................................... 18 ft 2 in (5.54 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom retracted.............................................. 13 ft 9 in (4.19 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom extended ............................................. 17 ft 6 in (5.33 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline retracted ................................................... 22 ft 0 in (6.70 m) Rear axle centerline extended .................................................. 25 ft 5 in (7.75 m) Swing pivot retracted................................................................. 18 ft 5 in (5.61 m) Swing pivot extended .............................................................. 21 ft 10 in (6.65 m) Loading height retracted .................................................................................... 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) extended ................................................................................... 13 ft 3 in (4.04 m) Loading reach retracted ...................................................................................... 8 ft 8 in (2.64 m) extended ................................................................................... 11 ft 6 in (3.50 m)

241

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Extendahoe

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

LIFT CAPACITIES 580M

TRIM THIS EDGE

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Standard Backhoe Distance from swing pivot 8 ft 3 in (2.52 m) 10 ft 9 in (3.28 m) 12 ft 7 in (3.84 m) 13 ft 6 in (4.11 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 14 ft 9 in (4.50 m) 14 ft 11 in (4.55 m) 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 14 ft 3 in (4.35 m) 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 12 ft 0 in (3.66 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 7 ft 0 in (2.13 m) 9 ft 9 in (2.97 m) 10 ft 4 in (3.15 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 9 ft 4 in (2.84 m) 7 ft 6 in (2.29 m)

Backhoe lift capacity 1 950 lbs (885 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 750 lbs (1247 kg) 2 730 lbs (1238 kg) 2 720 lbs (1234 kg) 2 680 lbs (1216 kg) 2 490 lbs (1129 kg) 2 440 lbs (1107 kg) 2 440 lbs (1107 kg) 2 440 lbs (1107 kg) 2 500 lbs (1134 kg) 2 780 lbs (1261 kg) 3 950 lbs (1792 kg) 3 690 lbs (1674 kg) 3 750 lbs (1701 kg) 4 100 lbs (1860 kg) 4 710 lbs (2136 kg)

NOTE: Figures apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 inch (610 mm) general purpose trenching bucket and links. For heavy-duty universal bucket and coupler, deduct 175 pounds (79 kg) from each weight.

242

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Retracted Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

9 ft 6 in (2.89 m) 11 ft 10 in (3.61 m) 13 ft 5 in (4.09 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 15 ft 3 in (4.65 m) 15 ft 10 in (4.82 m) 16 ft 0 in (4.88 m) 15 ft 11 in (4.85 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) 13 ft 10 in (4.21 m) 12 ft 6 in (3.81 m) 10 ft 4 in (3.15 m) Distance from swing pivot 10 ft 8 in (3.25 m) 11 ft 1 in (3.38 m) 11 ft 0 in (3.35 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 8 ft 2 in (2.49 m)

1 280 lbs (581 kg) 1 940 lbs (880 kg) 2 200 lbs (998 kg) 2 220 lbs (1007 kg) 2 260 lbs (1025 kg) 2 290 lbs (1039 kg) 2 290 lbs (1039 kg) 2 270 lbs (1030 kg) 2 260 lbs (1025 kg) 2 240 lbs (1016 kg) 2 270 lbs (1030 kg) 2 350 lbs (1066 kg) 2 350 lbs (1066 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 3 430 lbs (1556 kg) 3 170 lbs (1438 kg) 3 240 lbs (1470 kg) 3 610 lbs (1637 kg) 4 290 lbs (1946 kg)

NOTE: Figures apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 inch (610 mm) general purpose trenching bucket and links. For heavy-duty universal bucket and coupler, deduct 175 pounds (79 kg) from each weight.

243

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Lift Capacities

SPECIFICATIONS - 580M

Lift Capacities

Boom Lift

TRIM THIS EDGE

+ 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) - 14 ft (4.27 m) Dipper Lift + 14 (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Extended Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

12 ft 7 in (3.84 m) 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 16 ft 2 in (4.93 m) 17 ft 3 in (5.26 m) 18 ft 1 in (5.52 m) 18 ft 8 in (5.69 m) 19 ft 0 in (5.79 m) 19 ft 1 in (5.82 m) 18 ft 10 in (5.74 m) 18 ft 6 in (5.64 m) 17 ft 10 in (5.43 m) 17 ft 0 in (5.18 m) 15 ft 9 in (4.80 m) 14 ft 1 in (4.30 m) 11 ft 9 in (3.58 m) 8 ft 1 in (2.47 m) Distance from swing pivot 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 14 ft 6 in (4.42 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 13 ft 10 in (4.21 m) 12 ft 10 in (3.91 m)

810 lbs (367 kg) 1 400 lbs (635 kg) 1 430 lbs (649 kg) 1 540 lbs (699 kg) 1 610 lbs (730 kg) 1 620 lbs (735 kg) 1 660 lbs (753 kg) 1 700 lbs (771 kg) 1 730 lbs (785 kg) 1 720 lbs (780 kg) 1 730 lbs (785 kg) 1 740 lbs (789 kg) 1 780 lbs (807 kg) 1 870 lbs (848 kg) 2 040 lbs (925 kg) 2 610 lbs (1184 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 2 120 lbs (962 kg) 2 210 lbs (1002 kg) 2 200 lbs (998 kg) 2 160 lbs (980 kg) 2 230 lbs (1012 kg) 2 420 lbs (1098 kg)

NOTE: Figures apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 inch (610 mm) general purpose trenching bucket and links. For heavy-duty universal bucket and coupler, deduct 175 pounds (79 kg) from each weight.

244

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M Engine (turbocharged) Tier II Certified

Gear Ratios Converter Combined Hydraulic High Idle Low Idle

Low 2040 1595 2225 2320 850

High 2250 1840 2350 2450 950

Electrical Voltage ............................................................................ 12 volts, negative ground Alternator .................................................................................................... 90 amp Battery............................................................................... 850 cold-cranking amps Optional Batteries.......................................................... 2, 600 cold-cranking amps Power plugs...................................................................................2, 30 amps each

245

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Make and model....................................................................Case 445T/M2 Diesel Type .................................................................................................. Turbocharged Bore and stroke ...................................................... 4.09 x 5.19 in (104 x 132 mm) Displacement ........................................................................272 cu in (4.50 litres) Fuel Injection.................................................................................................. Direct Horsepower - rated SAE net ......................................................................90 hp (68 kW) @ 2200 rpm SAE gross ................................................................. 95 hp (71 kW) @ 2200 rpm Torque Net ............................................................289 pound feet (392 Nm) @ 1500 rpm Gross ........................................................294 pound feet (298 Nm) @ 1500 rpm Engine speeds with standard transmission

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

Hydraulics Pump.......................................................... gear-type tandem, transmission driven Filtration ..............................7-micron, full flow replaceable cartridge on return line Oil cooler ............................................................................................... Heavy Duty Main Relief Pressure............. 3050 ± 50 psi @ 38 gpm @ (210 ± 3 bar 144 L/min) Loader Control Valve: Monoblock single lever control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, positive hold float and return-to-dig.

Loader Auxiliary Hydraulics with full loader flow available, 14 to 28.5 gpm (53 to 108 L/min.

Loader flow @ rated engine rpm...... 28.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (108 L/min @ 210 bar) Backhoe flow @ rated engine rpm ...... 38 gpm @ 3050 psi (144 L/min @ 210 bar) Manual Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Monoblock open-center, parallel circuits. Boom and dipper, with pilot operated checks.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Pilot Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Sectional closed-center with inlet compensator and circuits in parallel.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics Uni-directional flow, adjustable variable from 0 to 36 gpm (136 L/min) Control operation: Manual ................................................................................ foot switch activated Pilot.................................................................................... button on left joystick Bi-directional flow, variable from 0 to 38 gpm (144 L/min) @ rated engine rpm.

Control operation: Manual ................................................................................................ hand lever Pilot ...................................................................................... buttons on left joystick

246

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

Powertrain Transmission: 4-speed synchromesh with hydraulically actuated clutches and electric F/R shuttle control, clutch disconnect buttons on the transmission shifter and loader control lever.

Gear Ratios 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Forward 5.491 3.043 1.584 0.793

Reverse 4.550 2.522 1.313 0.657

17.5L x 24 1st rear tires mph (km/h) Forward 3.5 (5.6) Reverse 4.2 (6.8) NOTE: Engine @ 2348 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 6.4 (10.3) 7.7 (12.4)

3rd mph (km/h) 12.2 (19.6) 14.7 (23.7)

4th mph (km/h) 24.5 (39.4) 29.6 (47.6)

19.5L x 24 1st rear tires mph (km/h) Forward 3.8 (6.1) Reverse 4.6 (7.4) NOTE: Engine @ 2348 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 6.8 (10.9) 8.2 (13.2)

3rd mph (km/h) 13.1 (21.1) 15.8 (25.4)

4th mph (km/h) 26.1 (42.0) 31.5 (50.7)

17.5L x 24 1st 2nd rear tires mph (km/h) mph (km/h) Forward 3.4 (5.5) 6.4 (10.3) Reverse 4.0 (6.5) 7.6 (12.3) NOTE: Engine between 2337 & 2404 rpm.

3rd mph (km/h) 12.8 (20.6)

4th mph (km/h) 24.3 (39.1)

19.5L x 24 1st 2nd rear tires mph (km/h) mph (km/h) Forward 3.6 (5.8) 6.8 (10.9) Reverse 4.3 (6.9) 8.1 (13.0) NOTE: Engine between 2337 & 2404 rpm.

3rd mph (km/h) 13.7 (22.0)

4th mph (km/h) 25.9 (41.7)

Travel Speeds with Powershift Transmission

247

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Travel Speeds with Standard Transmission

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M Front Tires 2WD .................................................................................11L x 16.1 (10-ply rating) 4WD .....................................................................................12 x 16.5 (8-ply rating) Rear Tires 2/4WD ..............................................................................17.5L x 24 (10-ply rating) 2/4WD ..............................................................................19.5L x 24 (10-ply rating) Torque Converter Ratio .................................................................................... 2.63 Differential Lock .................................................. On-the-go push-button activation Front 4WD axle Differential ratio ................................................................................................ 2.0 Planetary hub ratio........................................................................................... 6.0 Total reduction ratio........................................................................................ 12.0 Rear axle Differential ratio ............................................................................................ 2.333 Planetary hub ratio....................................................................................... 6.923 Total reduction ratio.................................................................................... 16.153 TRIM THIS EDGE

Service brakes: Individually applied, hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, self-adjusting, inboard mounted, wet disc.

Parking brakes: Mechanically applied with electric activation sensors at each brake.

OPERATING WEIGHTS Lightest Configuration Equipped with 2WD, ROPS canopy, non-suspension seat, 82 in (2.08 m) general purpose loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) Universal backhoe bucket, standard dipper, 17.5L x 24 rear tires, 11L x 16.1 front tires, single battery, standard cast stabilizer pads and no operator .............................................. 14 285 lb (6 480 kg) Heaviest Configuration Equipped with 4WD, ROPS cab, suspension seat, 82 in (2.08 m) 4 in 1 loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm Universal backhoe bucket, Extendahoe dipperstick, 19.5L x 24 rear tires, dual batteries, flip stabilizer pads and no operator .. 17 545 lb (7 958 kg)

248

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

LOADER BUCKETS Width mm (Inch)

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu yd)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu yd)

Weight kg (lbs)

2083 (82)

Standard

0.67 (.88)

0.77 (1.01)

392 (864)

2083 (82)

4-in-1

0.65 (.85)

0.80 (1.04)

658 (1451)

2362 (93)

Optional

0.82 (1.07)

0.96 (1.25)

423 (933)

*All weights include 47 kg (103 lbs) for bolt on cutting edge.

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu feet)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu feet)

Weight kg (lbs)

305 (12)

Universal HD

406 (16)

Universal HD

0.08 (3.00)

0.10 (3.40)

132 (290)

0.08

(2.92

0.10

(3.60)

457 (18)

157 (346)

Universal HD

0.12

(4.40)

0.15 (5.30)

159 (350)

610 (24)

Universal HD

0.17

(6.10)

0.22 (7.70)

187 (413)

762 (30)

Universal HD

0.22

(7.90)

0.29 (10.20)

215 (475)

914 (36)

Universal HD

0.27 (9.60)

0.36 (12.70)

243 (535)

610

(24)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.20

(6.90)

0.24

(8.50)

204

(450)

762

(30)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.24

(8.60)

0.30

(10.60)

235

(517)

Width mm (Inch)

249

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580 SUPER M

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

580 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. Overall operating height - fully raised: General Purpose Bucket....................................................... 13 ft 11 in (4.25 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) B. Height to Bucket hinge pin fully raised: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 Bucket ................................ 11 ft 2 in (3.4 m) C. Height to Bucket hinge pin @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 13.1 in (334 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 14.6 in (372 mm) D. Dump angle @ full height: General Purpose Bucket....................................................................45 degrees 4 IN 1 Bucket .....................................................................................45 degrees E. Dump clearance @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket......................................................... 8 ft 10 in (2.69 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.72 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open .......................................................... 9 ft 8 in (2.95 m) F. Dump reach @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 30.0 in (763 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 27.8 in (707 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open .......................................................... 14.2 in (360 mm NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD, 19.5L x 24 rear tires and 82 inch (2.08m) general purpose bucket without bolt-on cutting edge.

250

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

G. Bucket rollback @ groundline: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 40 degrees H. Bucket rollback @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 45 degrees J. Bucket rollback @ full height: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 ...................................................... adjustable K. Digging depth below grade with bucket flat: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 5.9 in (149 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 6.8 in (180 mm) Clam open (dozing).................................................................... 4.1 in (103 mm) L. Reach from front axle centerline to leading edge of bucket: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 77.6 in (1.97 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 75.2 in (1.91 m) M. Overall transport length: Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / GP Bucket .................... 22 ft 10 in (6.95 m) Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / 4 In 1 Bucket .................. 22 ft 8 in (6.92 m) Overall transport width: Standard Backhoe .................................................................... 7 ft 2 in (2.18 m) Extendahoe............................................................................... 7 ft 2 in (2.18 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame...................................376 mm (14.8 inches)

251

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

580 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

580 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

N. Transport height: Standard Backhoe ................................................................ 10 ft 10 in (3.29 m) Extendahoe............................................................................. 11 ft 3 in (3.42 m) Height to: Top of canopy............................................................................ 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m) Top of cab ............................................................................... 8 ft 10 in (2.69 m) Top of exhaust........................................................................... 8 ft 6 in (2.59 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame............................................ 14.6 in (371 mm) O. Wheelbase 2WD........................................................................................... 84.0 in (2.13 m) 4WD........................................................................................... 84.5 in (2.15 m) Width across tires: 17.5L x 24 ................................................................................ 81.7 in (2.075 m) 19.5L x 24 ............................................................................... 81.4 in (2.067 m) NOTE: Dimensions taken with 19.5L x 24 rear tires and 11L x 16 front tires except that data marked 4WD is taken with 12 x 16.5 front tires.

252

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

580 SUPER M OPERATIONAL DATA Standard Backhoe Digging depth: Maximum................................................................................... 14 ft 5 in (4.39 m) Maximum w/hi-capacity bucket ............................................... 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom ........................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom ............................................................. 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline .................................................................. 21 ft 5 in (6.53 m) Swing pivot................................................................................ 18 ft 1 in (5.51 m) Loading height............................................................................. 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) Loading reach - dipper retracted ................................................... 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m)

Digging depth: Maximum retracted ................................................................. 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 18 ft 3 in (5.56 m) With hi-capacity bucket: Maximum retracted ................................................................... 15 ft 3 in (4.65 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 18 ft 8 in (5.69 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom retracted............................................ 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom extended ........................................... 18 ft 2 in (5.54 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom retracted.............................................. 13 ft 9 in (4.19 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom extended ............................................. 17 ft 6 in (5.33 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline retracted ................................................... 22 ft 0 in (6.70 m) Rear axle centerline extended .................................................. 25 ft 5 in (7.75 m) Swing pivot retracted................................................................. 18 ft 5 in (5.61 m) Swing pivot extended .............................................................. 21 ft 10 in (6.65 m) Loading height Retracted................................................................................... 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) Extended ................................................................................... 13 ft 3 in (4.04 m) Loading reach Retracted..................................................................................... 8 ft 8 in (2.64 m) Extended ................................................................................... 11 ft 6 in (3.50 m)

253

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Extendahoe

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

LIFT CAPACITIES 580 SUPER M

TRIM THIS EDGE

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Standard Backhoe Distance from swing pivot 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 12 ft 9 in (3.84 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 15 ft 0 in (4.57 m) 15 ft 1 in (4.60 m) 14 ft 11 in (4.55 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 13 ft 7 in (4.14 m) 12 ft 4 in (3.76 m) 10 ft 5 in (3.18 m) 7 ft 6 in (2.28 m) 10 ft 1 in (3.08 m) 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 10 ft 6 in (3.20 m) 9 ft 7 in (2.92 m) 7 ft 5 in (2.25 m)

Backhoe lift capacity 2 750 lbs (1247 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg) 3 100 lbs (1406 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg) 3 000 lbs (1361 kg) 2 900 lbs (1315 kg) 2 850 lbs (1293 kg) 2 775 lbs (1259 kg) 2 675 lbs (1213 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 825 lbs (1281 kg) 4 940 lbs (2241 kg) 4 650 lbs (2109 kg) 4 680 lbs (2123 kg) 5 290 lbs (2400 kg) 6 610 lbs (2998 kg)

NOTE: Figures apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 inch (610 mm) Universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

254

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Retracted Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

9 ft 6 in (2.89 m) 11 ft 10 in (3.61 m) 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 15 ft 2 in (4.62 m) 15 ft 6 in (4.72 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 15 ft 5 in (4.70 m) 15 ft 0 in (4.57 m) 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 12 ft 10 in (3.91 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m) Distance from swing pivot 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 10 ft 11 in (3.33 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 8 ft 3 in (2.58 m)

2 350 lbs (1066 kg) 2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 650 lbs (1202 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 525 lbs (1145 kg) 2 425 lbs (1100 kg) 2 400 lbs (1088 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 425 lbs (1099 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 4 360lbs (1978 kg) 4 190lbs (1901 kg) 4 160 lbs (1887 kg) 4 680 lbs (2123 kg) 5 590 lbs (2536 kg)

NOTE: Figures apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 inch (610 mm) general purpose trenching bucket and links. For heavy-duty universal bucket and coupler, deduct 175 pounds (79 kg) from each weight.

255

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Lift Capacities

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M

Lift Capacities

Boom Lift

TRIM THIS EDGE

+ 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) - 14 ft (4.27 m) Dipper Lift + 14 (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Extended Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

12 ft 5 in (3.79 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 16 ft 2 in (4.93 m) 17 ft 2 in (5.23 m) 18 ft 0 in (5.49 m) 18 ft 7 in (5.67 m) 18 ft 10 in (5.74 m) 18 ft 11 in (5.77 m) 18 ft 10 in (5.74 m) 18 ft 5 in (5.62 m) 17 ft 9 in (5.41 m) 16 ft 9 in (5.11 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 11 ft 7 in (3.53 m) 7 ft 11 in (2.41 m) Distance from swing pivot 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 3 in (4.35 m) 14 ft 6 in (4.42 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 12 ft 11 in (3.94 m)

1 350 lbs (612 kg) 1 775 lbs (805 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 2 025 lbs (918 kg) 2 450 lbs (1111 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 2 580 lbs (1170 kg) 2 680 lbs (1216 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 880 lbs (1306 kg) 2 910 lbs (1320 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg)

256

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M + Engine (turbocharged) Tier II Certified

Gear Ratios Converter Combined Hydraulic High Idle Low Idle

Low 2040 1595 2225 2320 850

High 2250 1840 2350 2450 950

NOTE: Engine speeds with standard transmission

Electrical Voltage ............................................................................ 12 volts, negative ground Alternator .................................................................................................... 90 amp Battery............................................................................... 850 cold-cranking amps Optional Batteries.......................................................... 2, 600 cold-cranking amps Power plugs...................................................................................2, 30 amps each

257

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Make and model....................................................................Case 445T/M2 Diesel Type .................................................................................................. Turbocharged Bore and stroke ...................................................... 4.09 x 5.19 in (104 x 132 mm) Displacement ........................................................................272 cu in (4.50 litres) Fuel Injection.................................................................................................. Direct Horsepower - rated SAE net ......................................................................90 hp (68 kW) @ 2200 rpm SAE gross ................................................................. 95 hp (71 kW) @ 2200 rpm Torque Net ............................................................289 pound feet (392 Nm) @ 1500 rpm Gross ........................................................294 pound feet (298 Nm) @ 1500 rpm Engine speeds*

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

Hydraulics Pump.......................................................... gear-type tandem, transmission driven Filtration ..............................7-micron, full flow replaceable cartridge on return line Oil cooler ............................................................................................... Heavy Duty Main Relief Pressure............. 3050 ± 50 psi @ 38 gpm @ (210 ± 3 bar 144 L/min) Loader Control Valve: Monoblock single lever control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, positive hold float and return-to-dig.

Loader Auxiliary Hydraulics with full loader flow available, 14 to 28.5 gpm (53 to 108 L/min.

Loader flow @ rated engine rpm...... 28.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (108 L/min @ 210 bar) Backhoe flow @ rated engine rpm ...... 38 gpm @ 3050 psi (144 L/min @ 210 bar) Manual Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Monoblock open-center, parallel circuits. Boom and dipper, with pilot operated checks.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Pilot Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Sectional closed-center with inlet compensator and circuits in parallel.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics Uni-directional flow, adjustable variable from 0 to 36 gpm (136 L/min) Control operation: Manual ................................................................................ foot switch activated Pilot.................................................................................... button on left joystick Bi-directional flow, variable from 0 to 38 gpm (144 L/min) @ rated engine rpm.

Control operation: Manual ................................................................................................ hand lever Pilot.................................................................................. buttons on left joystick

258

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

Powertrain Transmission: 4-speed synchromesh with hydraulically actuated clutches and electric F/R shuttle control, clutch disconnect buttons on the transmission shifter and loader control lever.

Gear Ratios 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Forward 5.491 3.043 1.584 0.793

Reverse 4.550 2.522 1.313 0.657

21L x 24 1st rear tires mph (km/h) Forward 3.9 (6.3) Reverse 4.7 (7.6) NOTE: Engine @ 2348 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 7.1 (11.4) 8.6 (13.8)

3rd mph (km/h) 13.6 (21.9) 16.4 (26.4)

4th mph (km/h) 27.2 (43.8) 32.8 (52.8)

3rd mph (km/h) 14.2 (22.9)

4th mph (km/h) 26.9 (43.3)

Travel Speeds with Powershift Transmission 21L x 24 1st 2nd rear tires mph (km/h) mph (km/h) Forward 3.8 (6.1) 7.1 (11.4) Reverse 4.5 (7.3) 8.5 (13.6) NOTE: Engine between 2337 & 2404 rpm.

Front Tires 2WD .......................................................................... 14.5/75 x 16.1 (10-ply rating) 4WD ............................................................................ 12.5/80 x 16.5 (8-ply rating) Rear Tires 2/4WD ................................................................................ 21L x 24 (10-ply rating) Torque Converter Ratio .................................................................................... 2.63 Differential Lock................................................... On-the-go push-button activation Front 4WD axle Differential ratio ............................................................................................ 2.308 Planetary hub ratio........................................................................................... 6.0 Total reduction ratio ...................................................................................... 13.850 Rear axle Differential ratio ............................................................................................ 2.333 Planetary hub ratio....................................................................................... 6.923 Total reduction ratio ...................................................................................... 16.153 259

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Travel Speeds with Standard Transmission

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M + Service brakes: Individually applied, hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, self-adjusting, inboard mounted, wet disc.

Parking brakes: Mechanically applied with electric activation sensors at each brake.

OPERATING WEIGHTS Lightest Configuration Equipped with 2WD, ROPS canopy, non-suspension seat, 93 in (2.36 m) general purpose loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) Universal backhoe bucket, standard dipper, 21L x 24 rear tires, 14.5 / 75 x 16.1 front tires, single battery, standard cast stabilizer pads and no operator .............................................. 14 905 lb (6 761 kg) Heaviest Configuration Equipped with 4WD, ROPS cab, suspension seat, 93 in (2.36 m) 4 IN 1 loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) Universal backhoe bucket, Extendahoe dipperstick, 21L x 24 rear tires, dual batteries, flip stabilizer pads and no operator .. 18 128 lb (8 223 kg) TRIM THIS EDGE 260

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

LOADER BUCKETS Width mm (Inch)

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu yd)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu yd)

Weight kg (lbs)

2362 (93)

Standard

0.82 (1.07)

0.96 (1.25)

423 (933)

2362 (93)

4-in-1

0.76 (1.00)

0.92 (1.20)

738 (1628)

*All weights include 47 kg (103 lbs) for bolt on cutting edge.

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu feet)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu feet)

Weight kg (lbs)

305 (12)

Universal HD

406 (16)

Universal HD

0.08 (3.00)

0.10 (3.40)

132 (290)

0.08

(2.92

0.10

(3.60)

457 (18)

157 (346)

Universal HD

0.12

(4.40)

0.15 (5.30)

159 (350)

610 (24)

Universal HD

0.17

(6.10)

0.22 (7.70)

187 (413)

762 (30)

Universal HD

0.22

(7.90)

0.29 (10.20)

215 (475)

914 (36)

Universal HD

0.27 (9.60)

0.36 (12.70)

243 (535)

610

(24)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.20

(6.90)

0.24

(8.50)

204

(450)

762

(30)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.24

(8.60)

0.30

(10.60)

235

(517)

Width mm (Inch)

261

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BACKHOE BUCKETS - 580 SUPER M +

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

580 SUPER M + DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. Overall height - fully raised: General Purpose Bucket......................................................... 14 ft 4 in (4.36 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) B. Height to Bucket hinge pin fully raised: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 Bucket .............................. 11 ft 6 in (3.51 m) C. Height to Bucket hinge pin @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 13.1 in (334 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 14.6 in (372 mm) D. Dump angle @ full height: General Purpose Bucket....................................................................45 degrees 4 IN 1 Bucket .....................................................................................45 degrees E. Dump clearance @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket........................................................... 9 ft 2 in (2.80 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................ 9 ft 3 in (2.83 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open ........................................................ 10 ft 0 in (3.06 m) F. Dump reach @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 30.0 in (763 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 27.8 in (707 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open ......................................................... 14.3 in (362 mm) NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD, 21L x 24 rear tires and 93 in (2.36 m) general purpose bucket without bolt-on cutting edge.

262

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

G. Bucket rollback @ groundline: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 40 degrees H. Bucket rollback @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 45 degrees J. Bucket rollback @ full height: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 ...................................................... adjustable K. Digging depth below grade with bucket flat: General Purpose Bucket.............................................................. 3.1 in (78 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 4.1 in (106 mm) Clam open (dozing)...................................................................... 3.0 in (77 mm) L. Reach from front axle centerline to leading edge of bucket: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 75.5 in (1.92 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 73.7 in (1.87 m) M. Overall transport length: Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / GP Bucket .................... 22 ft 10 in (6.95 m) Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / 4 In 1 Bucket .................. 22 ft 8 in (6.92 m) Overall transport width: Standard Backhoe .................................................................... 7 ft 9 in (2.36 m) Extendahoe............................................................................... 7 ft 9 in (2.36 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame........................................ 14.5 in (366 mm)

263

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

580 SUPER M + DIMENSIONS

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

580 SUPER M + DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

N. Transport height: Standard Backhoe ................................................................ 10 ft 11 in (3.32 m) Extendahoe............................................................................. 11 ft 4 in (3.44 m) Height to: Top of canopy.......................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.71 m) Top of cab ............................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.73 m) Top of exhaust........................................................................... 8 ft 9 in (2.66 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame............................................ 14.5 in (366 mm) O. Wheelbase: 2WD........................................................................................... 84.0 in (2.13 m) 4WD........................................................................................... 84.5 in (2.15 m) Width across front tires: 2WD........................................................................................... 88.3 in (2.24 m) 4WD.......................................................................................... 89.6 in (2.28 m) Width across rear tires: All M +........................................................................................ 91.8 in (2.33 m) NOTE: Dimensions taken with 21L x rear tires and 12.5 / 80 x 18 front tires except that data marked 2WD is taken with 14.5 / 75 x 16.1.

264

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

580 SUPER M + OPERATIONAL DATA Standard Backhoe Digging depth: Maximum................................................................................... 14 ft 5 in (4.39 m) Maximum w/hi-capacity bucket ............................................... 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom ........................................................... 14 ft 3 in (4.34 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom ............................................................. 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline .................................................................. 21 ft 5 in (6.53 m) Swing pivot................................................................................ 18 ft 1 in (5.51 m) Loading height............................................................................. 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) Loading reach - dipper retracted ................................................... 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m)

Digging depth: Maximum retracted ................................................................. 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 18 ft 3 in (5.56 m) With hi-capacity bucket: Maximum retracted ................................................................... 15 ft 3 in (4.65 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 18 ft 8 in (5.69 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom retracted............................................ 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom extended ........................................... 18 ft 2 in (5.54 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom retracted.............................................. 13 ft 9 in (4.19 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom extended ............................................. 17 ft 6 in (5.33 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline retracted ................................................... 22 ft 0 in (6.70 m) Rear axle centerline extended .................................................. 25 ft 5 in (7.75 m) Swing pivot retracted................................................................. 18 ft 5 in (5.61 m) Swing pivot extended .............................................................. 21 ft 10 in (6.65 m) Loading height Retracted................................................................................... 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) Extended ................................................................................... 13 ft 3 in (4.04 m) Loading reach Retracted..................................................................................... 8 ft 8 in (2.64 m) Extended ................................................................................... 11 ft 6 in (3.50 m)

265

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Extendahoe

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

LIFT CAPACITIES 580 SUPER M +

TRIM THIS EDGE

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Standard Backhoe Distance from swing pivot 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 12 ft 9 in (3.84 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 15 ft 0 in (4.57 m) 15 ft 1 in (4.60 m) 14 ft 11 in (4.55 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 13 ft 7 in (4.14 m) 12 ft 4 in (3.76 m) 10 ft 5 in (3.18 m) 7 ft 6 in (2.28 m) 10 ft 1 in (3.08 m) 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 10 ft 6 in (3.20 m) 9 ft 7 in (2.92 m) 7 ft 5 in (2.25 m)

Backhoe lift capacity 2 750 lbs (1247 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg) 3 100 lbs (1406 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg) 3 000 lbs (1361 kg) 2 900 lbs (1315 kg) 2 850 lbs (1293 kg) 2 775 lbs (1259 kg) 2 675 lbs (1213 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 825 lbs (1281 kg) 4 940 lbs (2241 kg) 4 650 lbs (2109 kg) 4 680 lbs (2123 kg) 5 290 lbs (2400 kg) 6 610 lbs (2998 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) Universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

266

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

Boom Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) Dipper Lift +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Retracted Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

9 ft 6 in (2.89 m) 11 ft 10 in (3.61 m) 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 15 ft 2 in (4.62 m) 15 ft 6 in (4.72 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 15 ft 5 in (4.70 m) 15 ft 0 in (4.57 m) 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 12 ft 10 in (3.91 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m) Distance from swing pivot 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 10 ft 11 in (3.33 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 8 ft 3 in (2.58 m)

2 350 lbs (1066 kg) 2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 650 lbs (1202 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 525 lbs (1145 kg) 2 425 lbs (1100 kg) 2 400 lbs (1088 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 425 lbs (1099 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 4 360lbs (1978 kg) 4 190lbs (1901 kg) 4 160 lbs (1887 kg) 4 680 lbs (2123 kg) 5 590 lbs (2536 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) Universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

267

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Lift Capacities

SPECIFICATIONS - 580 SUPER M +

Lift Capacities

Boom Lift

TRIM THIS EDGE

+ 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) - 14 ft (4.27 m) Dipper Lift + 14 (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Extended Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

12 ft 5 in (3.79 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 16 ft 2 in (4.93 m) 17 ft 2 in (5.23 m) 18 ft 0 in (5.49 m) 18 ft 7 in (5.67 m) 18 ft 10 in (5.74 m) 18 ft 11 in (5.77 m) 18 ft 10 in (5.74 m) 18 ft 5 in (5.62 m) 17 ft 9 in (5.41 m) 16 ft 9 in (5.11 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 11 ft 7 in (3.53 m) 7 ft 11 in (2.41 m) Distance from swing pivot 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 3 in (4.35 m) 14 ft 6 in (4.42 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m) 12 ft 11 in (3.94 m)

1 350 lbs (612 kg) 1 775 lbs (805 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 875 lbs (850 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 800 lbs (816 kg) 1 850 lbs (839 kg) 2 025 lbs (918 kg) 2 450 lbs (1111 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 2 580 lbs (1170 kg) 2 680 lbs (1216 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 880 lbs (1306 kg) 2 910 lbs (1320 kg) 3 050 lbs (1383 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) Universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

268

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M Engine (turbocharged) Tier II Certified

Gear Ratios Converter Combined Hydraulic High Idle Low Idle

Low 2035 1495 2225 2320 850

High 2245 1760 2350 2450 950

NOTE: Engine speeds with standard transmission

Electrical Voltage ............................................................................ 12 volts, negative ground Alternator .................................................................................................... 90 amp Battery............................................................................... 850 cold-cranking amps Optional Batteries.......................................................... 2, 600 cold-cranking amps Power plugs...................................................................................2, 30 amps each

269

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Make and model...............................................................................Case 445T/M2 Type.................................................................................................... turbocharged Bore and stroke ...................................................... 4.09 x 5.19 in (104 x 132 mm) Displacement ........................................................................272 cu in (4.50 litres) Horsepower - rated SAE net ......................................................................98 hp (73 kW) @ 2200 rpm SAE gross ................................................................. 99 hp (74 kW) @ 2200 rpm Torque Net ..............................................................289 pound feet (392 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Gross...........................................................294 pound feet (398 Nm) @ 1400 rpm Torque rise at rated speed ............................................................................... 24% Engine speeds

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Hydraulics Pump.......................................................... gear-type tandem, transmission driven Filtration ..............................7-micron, full flow replaceable cartridge on return line Oil cooler ............................................................................................... Heavy Duty Main Relief Pressure.......... 3050 ± 50 psi @ 42.5 gpm @ (210 ± 3 bar 161 L/min) Loader Control Valve: Monoblock single lever control for lift, tilt and auxiliary hydraulics, positive hold float and return-to-dig.

Loader Auxiliary Hydraulics with full loader flow available, 14 to 31.5 gpm (53 to 119 L/min.

Loader flow @ rated engine rpm...... 31.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (121 L/min @ 210 bar) Backhoe flow @ rated engine rpm ... 42.5 gpm @ 3050 psi (161 L/min @ 210 bar) Manual Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Monoblock open-center, parallel circuits. Boom and dipper, with pilot operated checks.

TRIM THIS EDGE

Pilot Backhoe Controls Backhoe Control Valve: Sectional closed-center with inlet compensator and circuits in parallel.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics Uni-directional flow, adjustable variable from 0 to 36 gpm (136 L/min) Control operation: Manual ................................................................................ foot switch activated Pilot.................................................................................... button on left joystick Bi-directional flow, variable from 0 to 42.5 gpm (161 L/min) @ rated engine rpm.

Control operation: Manual ................................................................................................ hand lever Pilot.................................................................................. buttons on left joystick

270

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Powertrain Transmission: 4-speed synchromesh with hydraulically actuated clutches and electric F/R shuttle control, clutch disconnect buttons on the transmission shifter and loader control lever.

Gear Ratios 1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Forward 5.491 3.043 1.584 0.793

Reverse 4.550 2.522 1.313 0.657

1st mph (km/h) Forward 3.8 (6.1) Reverse 4.6 (7.4) NOTE: Engine @ 2354 rpm.

2nd mph (km/h) 6.9 (11.1) 8.3 (13.4)

3rd mph (km/h) 13.3 (21.4) 16.1 (25.8)

4th mph (km/h) 26.5 (42.6) 32.0 (51.5)

3rd mph (km/h) 13.7 (22.0)

4th mph (km/h) 25.9 (41.7)

Travel Speeds with Powershift Transmission 1st 2nd mph (km/h) mph (km/h) Forward 3.6 (5.8) 6.8 (10.9) Reverse 4.3 (6.9) 8.1 (13.0) NOTE: Engine between 2347 & 2416 rpm.

Front Tires 2WD .......................................................................... 14.5/75 x 16.1 (10-ply rating) 4WD .................................................................................. 14 x 17.5 (10-ply rating) Rear Tires 2/4WD ............................................................................... 21L x 24 (10 -ply rating) Torque Converter Ratio .................................................................................... 2.63 Differential Lock................................................... On-the-go push-button activation Front 4WD axle Differential ratio ............................................................................................ 2.308 Planetary hub ratio........................................................................................... 6.0 Total reduction ratio ...................................................................................... 13.846 Rear axle Differential ratio .............................................................................................. 2.75 Planetary hub ratio........................................................................................... 6.0 Total reduction ratio .......................................................................................... 16.5 271

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Travel Speeds with Standard Transmission

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M Service brakes: Individually applied, hydraulically actuated, maintenance-free, self-adjusting, inboard mounted, wet disc.

Parking brakes: Mechanically applied with electric activation sensors at each brake.

OPERATING WEIGHTS Lightest Configuration Equipped with 2WD, ROPS canopy, non-suspension seat, 93 in (2.36 m) general purpose loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) Universal backhoe bucket, standard dipperstick, 21L x 24 rear tires, 14.5 / 75 x16.1 front tires, single battery, standard cast stabilizer pads and no operator....................................... 15 268 lb (6 926 kg) Heaviest Configuration Equipped with 4WD, cab, suspension seat, 93 in (2.36 m) 4 IN 1 loader bucket, 24 in (610 mm) Universal backhoe bucket, Extendahoe dipperstick, dual batteries, flip stabilizer pads, and no operator ............................................. 19 578 lb (8 881 kg) TRIM THIS EDGE 272

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

LOADER BUCKETS Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu yd)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu yd)

Weight kg (lbs)

2362 (93)

Standard

0.84 (1.10)

0.99 (1.30)

509 (1123)

2362 (93)

4-in-1

0.76 (1.00)

0.92 (1.20)

738 (1628)

2438 (96)

Optional

0.97 (1.27)

1.15 (1.50)

601 (1324)

Width mm (Inch)

*Add 47 kg (103 lbs) for bolt on cutting edge.

Width mm (Inch)

Type

Capacities Struck m3 (cu feet)

Capacities SAE Heaped m3 (cu feet)

Weight kg (lbs) 132 (290)

305 (12)

Universal HD

0.08 (3.00)

0.10 (3.40)

406 (16)

Universal HD

0.08

(2.92)

0.10

(3.60)

157 (346)

457 (18)

Universal HD

0.12 (4.40)

0.15

(5.30)

159 (350)

610 (24)

Universal HD

0.17 (6.10)

0.22

(7.70)

187 (413)

762 (30)

Universal HD

0.22 (7.90)

0.29

(10.20)

215 (475)

914 (36)

Universal HD

0.27 (9.60)

0.36 (12.70)

243 (535)

610

(24)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.20

(6.90)

0.24

(8.50)

204

(450)

762

(30)

H.D. Hi Capacity

0.24

(8.60)

0.30

(10.60)

235

(517)

273

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

BACKHOE BUCKETS

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

590 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

A. Overall height - fully raised: General Purpose Bucket......................................................... 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket .......................................................................... 14 ft 6 in (4.43 m) B. Height to Bucket hinge pin fully raised: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 Bucket .............................. 11 ft 5 in (3.47 m) C. Height to Bucket hinge pin @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 13.7 in (349 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 14.9 in (379 mm) D. Dump angle @ full height: General Purpose Bucket....................................................................45 degrees 4 IN 1 Bucket .....................................................................................45 degrees E. Dump clearance @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket........................................................... 9 ft 0 in (2.75 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................ 9 ft 2 in (2.78 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open ........................................................ 9 ft 10 in (3.00 m) F. Dump reach @ full height, 45 degree dump: General Purpose Bucket.......................................................... 27.5 in (699 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ........................................................................... 25.9 in (659 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket Clam open ......................................................... 11.5 in (293 mm) NOTE: Loader dimensions taken with 4WD.

274

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

G. Bucket rollback @ groundline: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 40 degrees H. Bucket rollback @ SAE carry: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 .................................................... 45 degrees J. Bucket rollback @ full height: General Purpose Bucket or 4 IN 1 ...................................................... adjustable K. Digging depth below grade with bucket flat: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 4.2 in (107 mm) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 5.2 in (133 mm) Clam open (dozing).................................................................... 4.2 in (106 mm) L. Reach from front axle centerline to leading edge of bucket: General Purpose Bucket............................................................ 76.3 in (1.94 m) 4 IN 1 Bucket ............................................................................. 74.5 in (1.89 m) M. Overall transport length: Standard Backhoe or Extendahoe / GP Bucket ...................... 23 ft 7 in (7.13 m) Standard Backhoe 4 In 1 Bucket............................................. 22 ft 7 in (6.88 m) Extendahoe 4 IN 1 Bucket ...................................................... 22 ft 8 in (6.91 m) Overall transport width: Standard Backhoe .................................................................... 7 ft 9 in (2.36 m) Extendahoe............................................................................... 7 ft 9 in (2.36 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame standard backhoe .......... 14.6 in (371 mm) Ground clearance at backhoe frame extendahoe .................... 14.8 in (375 mm)

275

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

590 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

590 SUPER M DIMENSIONS

TRIM THIS EDGE

N. Transport height: Standard Backhoe .................................................................. 11 ft 2 in (3.41 m) Extendahoe............................................................................. 11 ft 7 in (3.54 m) Height to: Top of canopy.......................................................................... 8 ft 11 in (2.71 m) Top of cab ............................................................................... 8 ft 10 in (2.69 m) Top of exhaust........................................................................... 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m) Ground clearance at backhoe frame............................................ 14.6 in (371 mm) O. Wheelbase: 2WD........................................................................................... 84.0 in (2.13 m) 4WD........................................................................................... 84.5 in (2.15 m) NOTE: Dimensions taken with 21L x 24 rear tires and 14.5 / 75L x 16.1 front tires except that data marked 4WD is taken with 14 x 17.5 front tires.

276

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

590 SUPER M OPERATIONAL DATA Standard Backhoe Digging depth: Maximum................................................................................. 15 ft 11 in (4.85 m) Maximum w/hi-capacity bucket ................................................. 16 ft 4 in (4.98 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom ......................................................... 15 ft 10 in (4.83 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom ........................................................... 14 ft 11 in (4.55 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline .................................................................. 23 ft 3 in (7.09 m) Swing pivot................................................................................ 19 ft 8 in (5.99 m) Loading height............................................................................. 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) Loading reach - dipper retracted ................................................... 9 ft 6 in (2.90 m)

Digging depth: Maximum retracted ................................................................. 15 ft 11 in (4.85 m) Maximum extended................................................................. 19 ft 11 in (6.07 m) With hi-capacity bucket: Maximum retracted ................................................................... 16 ft 4 in (4.98 m) Maximum extended................................................................... 20 ft 4 in (6.20 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom retracted.......................................... 15 ft 10 in (4.83 m) 2 ft (610 mm) flat bottom extended ......................................... 19 ft 10 in (6.05 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom retracted............................................ 14 ft 11 in (4.55 m) 8 ft (2.44 m) flat bottom extended ............................................. 19 ft 2 in (5.84 m) Overall reach from: Rear axle centerline retracted ................................................... 23 ft 3 in (7.09 m) Rear axle centerline extended .................................................. 27 ft 2 in (8.28 m) Swing pivot retracted................................................................. 19 ft 8 in (5.99 m) Swing pivot extended ................................................................ 23 ft 7 in (7.19 m) Loading height Retracted................................................................................... 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) Extended ................................................................................... 13 ft 9 in (3.48 m) Loading reach Retracted..................................................................................... 9 ft 6 in (2.90 m) Extended ................................................................................... 12 ft 9 in (3.89 m)

277

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Extendahoe

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

LIFT CAPACITIES 590 SUPER M

TRIM THIS EDGE

Boom Lift + 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) Dipper Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Standard Backhoe Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

9 ft 9 in (2.97 m) 12 ft 1 in (3.69 m) 13 ft 8 in (4.16 m) 14 ft 11 in (4.47 m) 15 ft 3 in (4.65 m) 15 ft 8 in (4.77 m) 15 ft 10 in (4.82 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 15 ft 1 in (4.60 m) 14 ft 4 in (4.37 m) 13 ft 2 in (4.01 m) 11 ft 5 in (3.48 m) 8 ft 9 in (2.67 m)

2 870 lbs (1302 kg) 3 590lbs (1628 kg) 3 670 lbs (1665 kg) 3 670 lbs (1665 kg) 3 620 lbs (1642 kg) 3 550 lbs (1610 kg) 3 460lbs (1569 kg) 3 370 lbs (1529 kg) 3 330 lbs (1510 kg) 3 250 lbs (1474 kg) 3 110 lbs (1411 kg) 3 040 lbs (1379 kg) 2 960 lbs (1343 kg) 2 960 lbs (1343 kg) 2 930 lbs (1329 kg)

9 ft 5 in (2.87 m) 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 11 ft 0 in (3.35 m) 10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 9 ft 4 in (2.84 m) 6 ft 0in (1.83 m)

4 800 lbs (2177 kg) 5 290lbs (2399 kg) 5 580 lbs (2531 kg) 5 750 lbs (2608 kg) 5 630 lbs (2554 kg) 6 490 lbs (2944 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

278

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Lift Capacities

+ 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) Dipper Lift + 14 ft (4.27 m) +12 ft (3.66 m) +10 ft (3.05 m) +8 ft (2.44 m) +6 ft (1.83 m) +4 ft (1.22 m)

Backhoe lift capacity

11 ft 10 in (3.61 m) 13 ft 4 in (4.06 m) 14 ft 5 in (4.40 m) 15 ft 2 in (4.62 m) 15 ft 6 in (4.72 m) 15 ft 7 in (4.75 m) 15 ft 5 in (4.70 m) 15 ft 0 in (4.57 m) 14 ft 2 in (4.32 m) 12 ft 10 in (3.91 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 8 ft 7 in (2.62 m)

2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 700 lbs (1225 kg) 2 650 lbs (1202 kg) 2 600 lbs (1179 kg) 2 575 lbs (1168 kg) 2 525 lbs (1145 kg) 2 425 lbs (1100 kg) 2 400 lbs (1088 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 425 lbs (1099 kg)

Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

10 ft 7 in (3.23 m) 11 ft 2 in (3.40 m) 10 ft 11 in (3.33 m) 10 ft 2 in (3.10 m) 8 ft 3 in (2.58 m)

4 360lbs (1978 kg) 4 190lbs (1901 kg) 4 160 lbs (1887 kg) 4 680 lbs (2123 kg) 5 590 lbs (2536 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

279

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Boom Lift

Extendahoe Retracted Distance from swing pivot

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Lift Capacities

Boom Lift

TRIM THIS EDGE

+ 18 ft (5.48 m) + 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 ft (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m) + 2 ft (0.61 m) Ground Level − 2 ft (0.61 m) − 4 ft (1.22 m) − 6 ft (1.83 m) - 8 ft (2.44 m) - 10 ft (3.05 m) - 12 ft (3.66 m) - 14 ft (4.27 m) - 15 ft (4.57 m) Dipper Lift + 16 ft (4.87 m) + 14 (4.27 m) + 12 ft (3.66 m) + 10 ft (3.05 m) + 8 ft (2.44 m) + 6 ft (1.83 m) + 4 ft (1.22 m)

Extendahoe Extended Distance from swing pivot

Backhoe lift capacity

13 ft 6 in (4.11 m) 15 ft 5 in (4.70 m) 16 ft 10 in (5.13 m) 17 ft 11 in (5.46 m) 18 ft 9 in (5.72 m) 19 ft 3 in (5.87 m) 19 ft 7 in (5.97 m) 19 ft 8 in (5.99 m) 19 ft 6 in (5.94 m) 19 ft 2 in (5.84 m) 18 ft 6 in (5.64 m) 17 ft 8 in (5.38 m) 16 ft 6 in (5.03 m) 14 ft 10 in (4.52 m) 12 ft 9 in (3.89 m) 9 ft 9 in (2.97 m) 6 ft 0 in (1.83 m) Distance from swing pivot 12 ft 10 in (3.91 m) 14 ft 0 in (4.27 m) 14 ft 7 in (4.45 m) 14 ft 9 in (4.50 m) 14 ft 8 in (4.47 m) 14 ft 0 in (4.27 m) 12 ft 9 in (3.89 m)

1 940 lbs (880 kg) 2 200lbs (998 kg) 2 300 lbs (1043 kg) 2 420 lbs (1098 kg) 2 370 lbs (1075 kg) 2 420 lbs (1098 kg) 2 420 lbs (1098 kg) 2 310 lbs (1048 kg) 2 290 lbs (1039 kg) 2 260 lbs (1025 kg) 2 230 lbs (1012 kg) 2 220 lbs (1007 kg) 2 140 lbs (971 kg) 2 110 lbs (957 kg) 2 090 lbs (948 kg) 2 180 lbs (989 kg) 2 240 lbs (1016 kg) 2 490 lbs (1129 kg) Backhoe lift capacity 2 810 lbs (1275 kg) 2 940 lbs (1334 kg) 3 080 lbs (1397 kg) 3 100 lbs (1406 kg) 3 150 lbs (1429L kg) 3 190 lbs (1447 kg) 3 290 lbs (1492 kg)

NOTE: Lift capacities apply straight to the rear of prime mover. Equipped with 24 in (610 mm) universal H.D. trenching bucket and Case coupler except as noted.

280

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Torque Specifications Use the following torques when special torques are not given. These torques apply to fasteners with both UNC and UNF threads as received from suppliers dry, or when lubricated with engine oil. Not applicable if special graphities, Molydisulfide greases, or other extreme pressure lubricants are used.

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

1/4 inch

108 to 132

12 to 15

5/16 inch

204 to 252

23 to 28

3/8 inch

420 to 504

48 to 57

7/16 inch

54 to 64

73 to 87

1/2 inch

80 to 96

109 to 130

9/16 inch

110 to 132

149 to 179

5/8 inch

150 to 180

203 to 244

3/4 inch

270 to 324

366 to 439

7/8 inch

400 to 480

542 to 651

1.0 inch

580 to 696

787 to 944

1-1/8 inch

800 to 880

1085 to 1193

1-1/4 inch

1120 to 1240

1519 to 1681

1-3/8 inch

1460 to 1680

1980 to 2278

1-1/2 inch

1940 to 2200

2631 to 2983

281

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Grade 5 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Grade 8 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

TRIM THIS EDGE

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

1/4 inch

144 to 180

16 to 20

5/16 inch

288 to 348

33 to 39

3/8 inch

540 to 648

61 to 73

7/16 inch

70 to 84

95 to 114

1/2 inch

110 to 132

149 to 179

9/16 inch

160 to 192

217 to 260

5/8 inch

220 to 264

298 to 358

3/4 inch

380 to 456

515 to 618

7/8 inch

600 to 720

814 to 976

1.0 inch

900 to 1080

1220 to 1465

1-1/8 inch

1280 to 1440

1736 to 1953

1-1/4 inch

1820 to 2000

2468 to 2712

1-3/8 inch

2380 to 2720

3227 to 3688

1-1/2 inch

3160 to 3560

4285 to 4827

NOTE: Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.

282

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Grade 10.9 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

Grade 8.8 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

M4

24 to 36

3 to 4

M5

60 to 72

7 to 8

M6

96 to 108

11 to 12

M8

228 to 276

26 to 31

M10

456 to 540

52 to 61

M12

66 to 79

90 to 107

M14

106 to 127

144 to 172

M16

160 to 200

217 to 271

M20

320 to 380

434 to 515

M24

500 to 600

675 to 815

M30

920 to 1100

1250 to 1500

M36

1600 to 1950

2175 to 2600

Size

PoundInches

Newton metres

M4

36 to 48

4 to 5

M5

84 to 96

9 to 11

M6

132 to 156

15 to 18

M8

324 to 384

37 to 43

M10

54 to 64

73 to 87

M12

93 to 112

125 to 150

M14

149 to 179

200 to 245

M16

230 to 280

310 to 380

M20

450 to 540

610 to 730

M24

780 to 940

1050 to 1275

M30

1470 to 1770

2000 to 2400

M36

2580 to 3090

3500 to 4200

Grade 12.9 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs 12.9

Usually the torque values specified for grade 10.9 fasteners can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9 fasteners.

283

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

10.9

8.8

SPECIFICATIONS - 590 SUPER M

Material Weights MATERIAL

kg/m3

lbs/ft3

MATERIAL

kg/m3

lbs/ft3

Alum-Lump.

881

55

Oats

416

26

Pulverized

769

48

Peanuts - Shelled

280

17

Ashes

561-833

35-52

Peas

769

48

Bauxite

1202-1922

75-120

Peat - solid

753

47 90

TRIM THIS EDGE

Beans

769

48

Phosphate - Granular

1442

Charcoal

368

23

Potash

1089

68

Chips

288

18

Potatoes

769

48

Coal

1282

80

Quartz - Granular

1762

110

Coke - Lump - Loose

849-1009

53-63

Rice

769

48

Clay

368-513

23-32

Rye

705

44

Concrete

1378-1778

86-111

Salt - Rock - Solid

2163

135

Copper Ore

1666

104

Sand & Gravel - Dry

1730

108

Corn - Shelled

673

42

Wet

2003

125

Cottonseed

401

25

Sand - Foundry

1522

95

Earth - Dry Loam

929-1089

58-68

Shale

1410

88

Wet

1602-1666

100-104

Slag - Crushed

1121

70 130

Earth - Sand Gravel

1570

98

Slate

2243

Ensilage

577

36

Snow

240-801

15-50

Granite

1490-1778

93-111

Soybeans

743

46 35

Gravel - Dry

1522

95

Sugar Beet Pulp - Wet

561

Wet

1906

119

Sugar - Raw

961

60

Ice - Crushed

593

37

Sulphur - Lumpy

1330

83

Iron Ore

2323

145

Taconite

1714

107

Wheat

769

48

Limestone - Loose Crushed

1538-1602

96-100

284

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

Numerics 4-IN-1 Bucket Operation ............... 127 4WD Front Axle Switch ................... 62

A Accessory Outlets ......................... 230 Air Conditioning Belt Tension ........ 212 Air Conditioning Compressor ........ 212 Air Conditioning System Pressure Indicator Lamp .......................... 65 Air Conditioning Temperature Switch ..

61 Air Filter Restriction Warning Lamp 67, 185 Air Filter System ............................ 185 Air Filter Restriction Warning Lamp 185 Service Specifications ............... 185 Air Suspension Seat ........................ 93 Alarm Audible ........................................ 71 Seat Switch System .................... 71 Alternator Warning Lamp ................ 66 Audible Alarm .................................. 71 Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever .............................. 88 Auxiliary Hydraulic Attachment Control For Backhoes ............................ 88 Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever .... 88 Axle Oil Temperature Warning Lamp, Rear .......................................... 66 Axle, Rear Breather .................................... 202 Oil Change ................................ 201 Oil Level .................................... 200 Oil Temperature Lamp .............. 200 Service Specifications ............... 200 Axle, Rear Temperature Lamp ...... 200

B Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics ........ 152 Backhoe Bucket Capacities For 580L .

237 Backhoe Bucket Capacities, 580 Super

M ..................................... 249, 261 Backhoe Bucket Capacities, 590 Super M ............................................. 273 Backhoe Bucket Part Number ........... 7 Backhoe Controls ...................... 74, 77 Backhoe Controls with Foot Swing .. 75 Backhoe Controls With Hand Swing 78 Backhoe Controls With Hand Swing and Extendable Dipper ............. 79 Backhoe Danger Area ................... 141 Backhoe Grease Fittings ....... 173, 175 Backhoe In Transport Position ...... 144 Backhoe Operation ....................... 133 Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulics .... 152 Backhoe Danger Area ............... 141 Backhoe In Transport Position .. 144 Before You Dig With Backhoe .. 136 Case Backhoe Bucket Coupler . 145 Digging With Backhoe ............... 142 General Information .................. 133 Increased Rotation Backhoe Bucket Coupler ............................. 140 Lifting With the Backhoe ........... 150 Moving the Machine Forward When You Are Digging on Level Ground ............................. 143 Safety When You Work ............. 133 Stabilizer Pads .......................... 133 Backhoe Quick Coupler Switch (If Equipped) ................................. 73 Batteries Safety ........................................ 219 Service ...................................... 220 Battery Fluid Level ........................ 220 Battery Safety ................................ 219 Battery Service ...................... 219, 220 Battery Cleaning ....................... 221 Battery Fluid Level .................... 220 Battery Vents ............................ 220 One Battery System .................. 220 Two Battery System .................. 220 Battery Vents ................................. 220 Before You Dig With Backhoe ....... 136 Before You Operate the Machine .. 108

285

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Chapter First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

INDEX

Blower Fan Switch ...........................61 Booster Battery Connection to Machine (Jump Starting the Machine) ...107 Brake Pedal Lock .............................55 Brake, Parking .................................56 Breather, Four Wheel Drive Front Axle 204 Bucket Indicator (4-in-1 Bucket) .....125 Bucket Operation (4-in-1) Clamshell Operation With 4-in-1 Bucket ...............................127 Dozing With 4-in-1 Bucket .........127 Scraper ......................................127 Standard Bucket Operation With 4in-1 Bucket ........................127 Button Clutch Cutout ...............................51

C TRIM THIS EDGE

Cab Options ......................................101 Cab Air Conditioning ......................212 Air Conditioning Compressor .....212 Belt Tension ...............................212 Lubricating the Air Conditioning Compressor Seals .............212 Cab Air Filters ................................205 Cab Air Louvers ...............................95 Main Louvers .........................95, 96 Recirculation Louvers ..................95 Cab and Canopy Options Radio Ready Package ...............101 Sun Visor Option ........................101 Canopy Options ......................................101 Cas and Canopy Options ...............101 Case Backhoe Bucket Coupler ......145 Cast Ductile Iron Safety Message ....24 Cemetery Stabilizer Pads With Rubber Pads ........................................134 Checking For Water Or Sediment In Fuel System .............................190 Clam Control and Lockout (If Equipped) 59 Clam Depth Indicator for the 4-In-1 Bucket ......................................126

Clamshell Operation With 4-in-1 Bucket 127 Cleaning the Batteries ................... 221 Cleaning the Cooling System ........ 188 Cleaning The Standard Transmission Breather .................................. 198 Clutch Cutout Button ....................... 51 Clutch Cutout Button (Standard) ..... 51 Clutch Cutout Switch ..................... 124 Coat Hook ..................................... 100 Cold Weather, Operating .............. 121 Combination Flip-Over Stabilizer Pads 135 Comfort Steer System ..................... 47 Console Control Left Side ...................................... 61 Console Controls Front ..................................... 47, 50 Left Rear ............................... 72, 73 Console Controls - Left Rear ..... 72, 73 Control Auxiliary Hydraulic ...................... 88 Controls Auxiliary Hydraulic Attachment For Backhoes ........................... 88 Backhoe ................................ 74, 77 Backhoe with Foot Swing ........... 75 Backhoe With Hand Swing ......... 78 Backhoe With Hand Swing and Extendable Dipper .............. 79 Extendahoe with Foot Swing ...... 76 Powershift Transmission ............. 52 Standard Transmission ............... 51

D Damage To The ROPS ................. 215 Diesel Fuel Specifications ............. 189 Diesel Fuel System ....................... 189 Checking For Water Or Sediment ...

190 Diesel Fuel Specifications ......... 189 Fuel Conditioner ....................... 189 Fuel Tank .................................. 189 Removing Air From The Fuel System 192 Replacing The Fuel Filter .......... 191

286

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

E Electrical Accessory Outlets ..................... 230 Battery Safety ........................... 219 Battery Service .................. 219, 220 Fuses ........................................ 228 Relays ....................................... 229 Vertical Adjustment of Driving and Work Lamps ..................... 225 Electrical System Instrument Cluster ..................... 226 Engine Coolant Reservoir Fluid Level .

187 Engine Coolant Solution ................ 187 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ..

68 Engine Cooling System ................. 187 Cleaning the Cooling System .... 188 Coolant Reservoir Fluid Level ... 187 Coolant Solution ........................ 187 Service Specifications ............... 187 Engine Data For Naturally Aspirated Engine ............................. 233, 234 Engine Hood ................................. 170 Engine Hourmeter ................... 69, 162 Engine Oil Change ........................ 183 Engine Oil Filter Replacement ...... 183 Engine Oil Level ............................ 182 Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp, Low ........................................... 66

Engine Oil Recommendations ....... 181 Engine Operation .................. 103, 104 Engine Speed ........................... 105 Parking the Machine ................. 106 Starting the Engine ................... 104 Starting the Engine With a Turbocharger .................... 105 Walk-Around Inspection ............ 104 Engine Serial Number ....................... 5 Engine Service Engine Oil Filter Replacement .. 183 Engine Oil Level ........................ 182 Oil Change ................................ 183 Engine Service Specifications ....... 182 Engine Speed ................................ 105 Engine Starting Aids Booster Battery Connection to Machine (Jump Starting the Machine) ........................... 107 Extendahoe Controls with Foot Swing 76 Extendahoe Controls With Hand Swing 79

F Failure, In Case Of ........................ 115 Fan Drive Belt Replacement ......... 209 Fast Steering ................................... 47 Filter Replacement Fuel Filter .................................. 191 Hydraulic ................................... 195 Standard Transmission ............. 198 Filter Replacements Engine Oil ................................. 183 Filters Cab ........................................... 205 Hydraulic ................................... 194 Fire Extinguisher Inspection and Care .................. 218 Type Of Fire Extinguisher ......... 218 Flasher and Turn Signal - Canopy 223 Flasher Lamp Replacement, Cab .. 222 Flasher Lamp Switch ....................... 49 Fluid Change Hydraulic ................................... 196 Powershift Transmission ........... 199

287

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Service Specifications ............... 189 Diesel Fuel System Service Specifications .......................... 189 Digging With Backhoe ................... 142 Filling the Bucket ....................... 142 Direction Control Lever ................... 51 Dome Lamp ................................... 223 Door Latch ....................................... 98 Dozing With 4-in-1 Bucket ............. 127 Driving and Flood Lamps .............. 224 Driving Lamp Switch ....................... 50 Driving Lamps Indicator Lamp ........ 65 Driving Lamps, Vertical Adjustment ....

225 Dust Valve ..................................... 185

TRIM THIS EDGE

Standard Transmission ..............198 Fluid Levels ....................................179 Battery .......................................220 Engine Coolant ..........................187 Engine Oil ..................................182 Hydraulic ....................................194 Transmission .............................197 Fluids and Lubricants .....................165 Foot Pedals Brake Pedal Lock .........................55 Foot Throttle ................................55 Left Brake Pedal ..........................55 Right Brake Pedal ........................55 Foot Throttle .....................................55 Four Wheel Drive Front Axle ..177, 203 Breather .....................................204 Oil Change .................................204 Oil Level .....................................203 Service Specifications ................203 Front Axle Serial Number ...................6 Front Wiper Switch ...........................48 Front Work Lamp Switch ..................49 Fuel Conditioner .............................189 Fuel handling precautions ................20 Fuel Level Gauge .............................70 Fuel Tank .......................................189 Fuel, Level Gauge ............................70 Fuses .............................................228

G Gauge Engine Coolant Temperature .......68 Fuel Level ....................................70 Oil Temperature (Torque Converter) 69 Voltmeter .....................................70 General Safety Before You Service .....

161

H Hand Signals ....................................41 Hand Throttle ...................................72 Heater Coolant Shutoff Valve ..........61 Heater Switch ...................................61 Horn .................................................49 Hot Weather, Operating .................123 Hourmeter, Engine ...........................69

Hydraulic Filter .............................. 194 Hydraulic Filter, Procedure to Check The Condition Of .................... 194 Hydraulic Fluid Level ..................... 194 Hydraulic Oil Filter Warning Lamp .. 67 Hydraulic Pump Change Procedure ....

196 Hydraulic System .......................... 193 Hydraulic Filter .......................... 194 Hydraulic Fluid Change ............ 196 Hydraulic Fluid Level ................ 194 Hydraulic Pump Change Procedure 196 Procedure To Check Condition Of Hydraulic Filter ................. 194 Replacing the Hydraulic Filter ... 195 Service Specifications ............... 193 Hydrualic Fluid Change ................. 196

I Identification Numbers ...................... 5 4-in-1 Loader Bucket Part Number 7 Backhoe Bucket Part Number ...... 7 Front Axle Serial Number ............. 6 Machine P.I.N. Number ................ 5 Powershift Transmission Serial Number ................................ 6 Rear Axle Serial Number .............. 6 ROPS Cab P.I.N. Number ............ 6 ROPS Canopy P.I.N. Number ...... 6 Standard Loader Bucket Part Number ................................ 7 Standard Transmission Serial Number ................................ 6 Identifications Numbers Engine Serial Number ................... 5 Increased Rotation Backhoe Bucket Coupler ................................... 140 Instrument Panel 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 Instruments and Controls Cab Air Louvers .......................... 95 Extendahoe Controls With Hand Swing ................................. 79

J Job Layout For Loader Operation . 129 Jump Starting the Machine ........... 107

288

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

Key Switch ...................................... 62

L Lamp Air Conditioning System Pressure Indicator ............................. 65 Air Filter Restriction Warning ...... 67 Alternator Warning ...................... 66 Driving Lamps Indicator .............. 65 Flasher, Switch ........................... 49 Front Work, Switch ...................... 49 Hydraulic Oil Filter Warning ........ 67 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning ..

66 Low Fuel level Warning ............... 67 Parking Brake Indicator ............... 66 Rear Axle Oil Temperature Warning 66 Lamp Replacement Dome Lamp .............................. 223 Driving and Flood Lamps .......... 224 Flasher and Turn Signal - Canopy ..

223 Flasher Lamp, Cab ................... 222 Stop and Tail Lamps ................. 222 Stop Lamps ............................... 222 Tail Lamps ................................ 222 Turn Signal, Cab ....................... 222 Left Brake Pedal .............................. 55 Lever Direction Control ......................... 51 Transmission Shift ...................... 51 Turn Signal .................................. 50 Lift Arm and Bucket Controls .... 57, 58 Lifting With the Backhoe ............... 150 Lifting With the Loader .................. 130 Loader Bucket Capacities, 580 Super M 249, 261 Loader Bucket Capacities, 580M .. 237 Loader Bucket Capacities, 590 Super M 273 Loader Bucket Part Number (4-in-1) . 7 Loader Controls Clam Control and Lockout (If Equipped) ........................... 59

Lift Arm and Bucket ............... 57, 58 Loader Grease Fittings .................. 171 Loader Hydraulic Coupler Removing An Attachment ......... 132 Loader Hydraulic Coupler (Optional) ...

131 Installing An Attachment ........... 131 Loader Operation .......................... 124 4-IN-1 Bucket Operation ........... 127 Bucket Indicator (4-in-1 Bucket) 125 Clam Depth Indicator for the 4-In-1 Bucket .............................. 126 Clutch Cutout Switch ................. 124 Job Layout ................................ 129 Lifting With the Loader .............. 130 Loader Hydraulic Coupler (Optional) 131 Return-To-Dig ........................... 128 Safety When You Work ............. 124 Standard Bucket Level Indicator 125 Loader Return-To-Dig Adjustment 208 Loader Tool Quick Coupler Switch (If Equipped) ................................. 49 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ......................................... 66 Low Fuel level Warning Lamp ......... 67 Lubricating the Air Conditioning Compressor Seals .................. 212 Lubrication ..................................... 161 Air Filter System ........................ 185 Backhoe Grease Fittings ... 173, 175 Cab Air Filters ........................... 205 Diesel Fuel System ................... 189 Engine Oil Recommendations .. 181 Engine Service Specifications ... 182 Fluid Levels ............................... 179 Fluids and Lubricants ................ 165 Four Wheel Drive Front Axle ..... 203 General Safety Before You Service 161 Hydraulic System ...................... 193 Loader Grease Fittings ............. 171 Machine Grease Fittings ........... 178 Rear Axles ................................ 200 Support Strut For Loader Lift Arms .

163

289

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

K

Systemgard Lubrication Analysis .....

169, 184 The Engine Hood .......................170 Transmission .............................197 Lubrication and Maintenance Charts ...

167 Lubrication/Filters/Fluids Engine Cooling System .............187 Lubrication/Maintenance Charts Engine Hourmeter ......................162

M

TRIM THIS EDGE

Machine Components ....................8, 9 Machine Grease Fittings ................178 Drive Shaft - Four Wheel Drive Front Axle ...................................178 Drive Shaft - Transmission To Rear Axle ...................................178 Four Wheel Drive Front Axle .....177 Seat Post Grease Fitting ............178 Two Wheel Drive Front Axle ......177 Machine Operation Before You Operate the Machine ....

108 Machine Operation Safety Message 24 Machine P.I.N. Number ......................5 Machine Storage Removal From Storage ..............232 Storage Preparation ...................231 Maintenance and Adjustments Cab Air Conditioning ..................212 Fan Drive Belt Replacement ......209 Loader Return-To-Dig Adjustment ...

208 Plastic and Resin Parts ..............209 Ride Control Accumulator ..........211 Roll-Over Protective Structure ...213 Spark Arrester Muffler ................210 Maintenance and Inspection Of ROPS 213 Material Weights ............................284 Mechanical Suspension Seat ...........91 Mirror Rear View ..................................100 Mode Identification .........................116 Moving a Disabled Machine

Engine Running ........................ 118 Engine Stopped ........................ 118 Moving the Machine Forward When You Are Digging on Level Ground 143

O Oil Change Engine ....................................... 183 Four Wheel Drive Front Axle .... 204 Rear Axle .................................. 201 Oil Level Four Wheel Drive Front Axle .... 203 Rear Axle .................................. 200 Oil Temperature Gauge (Torque Converter) ................................. 69 One Battery System ...................... 220 Operating in Cold Weather ............ 121 Operating in Hot Weather ............. 123 Operating Instructions Vandal Lockup Kits ................... 153 Operating Weights, 580 Super M . 248, 260 Operating Weights, 580M ............. 237 Operating Weights, 590 Super M .. 272 Operator Manual Storage Compartment 3 Operators Manual, Read ................. 25

P Parking Brake .................................. 56 Parking Brake Adjustment ............. 207 Parking Brake Indicator Lamp ......... 66 Parking the Machine ..................... 106 Pedals Foot Throttle ............................... 55 Left Brake ................................... 55 Right Brake ................................. 55 Personal Safety Rules Message ..... 13 Pilot Control Aux Hyd ...................... 81 Pilot Control Backhoe Pattern Switch .

85 Pilot Control Extendahoe Button ..... 83 Pilot Control Horn ............................ 81 Pilot Control Left Lever .................... 81 Pilot Control Right Lever ................. 83 Pilot Control Stabilizer Switch ......... 82

290

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

R Radio Ready Package .................. 101 Read Operators Manual .................. 25 Rear Axle Breather ........................ 202 Rear Axle Oil Change ................... 201 Rear Axle Oil Temperature Lamp . 200 Rear Axle Oil Temperature Warning Lamp ......................................... 66 Rear Axle Serial Number .................. 6 Rear Axles ..................................... 200 Rear Horn Switch ............................ 73 Rear View Mirror ........................... 100 Rear Wheel Mounting Nut Torque Procedure ............................... 157 Rear Window Washer Switch .......... 72 Rear Windows ................................. 99 Rear Wiper Switch .......................... 72 Relays ........................................... 229 Releasing Pilot Control Hydraulic Pressure ................................. 231 Removing Air From The Fuel System .

192 Replacing The Fuel Filter .............. 191 Replacing the Hydraulic Filter ....... 195

Return-To-Dig ............................... 128 Ride Control Accumulator ............. 211 Right Brake Pedal ........................... 55 Right Side Instrument Console ...... 153 Right Side Instrument Console Lockup Kit ............................................ 153 Right, Left, Front and Rear of the Machine ...................................... 4 Roll-Over Protective Structure ....... 213 Damage To The ROPS ............. 215 Maintenance and Inspection Of ROPS ............................... 213 ROPS Cab Label ...................... 213 ROPS Canopy and Cab Mounting Bolts ................................. 215 ROPS Canopy Label ................. 213 Seat Belt Maintenance .............. 213 ROPS Cab Label ........................... 213 ROPS Cab P.I.N. Number ................. 6 ROPS Canopy and Cab Mounting Bolts 215 ROPS Canopy Label ..................... 213 ROPS Canopy P.I.N. Number ........... 6 Rotating Beacon Switch (If Equipped) .

49 Run-In Period For A New Machine Engine Operation ...................... 103 Foot Brake Check ..................... 103

S Safety Decals .................................. 26 Safety Rules Message .................... 11 Safety/Decals/Hand Signals Cast Ductile Iron ......................... 24 Hand Signals ............................... 41 Machine Operation ...................... 24 Personal Safety ........................... 13 Read Operators Manual .............. 25 Safety Decals .............................. 26 Safety Rules ................................ 11 Utility Safety ................................ 12 Scraper Operation (4-in-1 Bucket) 127 Seat Air Suspension ............................ 93 Belts ............................................ 89 Seat Belt Maintenance .................. 213

291

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Pilot Control Tower Adjustment Knob .

82 Pilot Control Tower Fore and Aft Adjustment ................................ 83 Plastic and Resin Parts ................. 209 Powershift Transmission In Case Of Failure ..................... 115 Mode Identification .................... 116 System Test Modes .................. 116 Transmission Fluid Change ...... 199 Powershift Transmission Control Module ...................................... 54 Powershift Transmission Controls ... 52 Powershift Transmission Fluid Change 199 Powershift Transmission Serial Number 6 Priming the Turbocharger ............. 105 Procedure To Check Condition Of Hydraulic Filter ........................ 194 Procedure To Install the Tires ....... 159

TRIM THIS EDGE

Seat Belts .........................................89 Seat Maintenance ..........................216 Seat Switch Alarm System ...............71 Service Specifications Air Filter System ........................185 Diesel Fuel System ....................189 Engine Cooling System .............187 Four Wheel Drive Front Axle .....203 Hydraulic System .......................193 Rear Axles .................................200 Transmission .............................197 Spark Arrester Muffler ....................210 Specifications 580M ..........................................233 Backhoe Buckets Capacities For 580L ..................................237 Specifications - 580 Super M .245, 257 Backhoe Buckets Capacities ....249, 261 Loader Buckets Capacities 249, 261 Operating Weights .............248, 260 Specifications - 580M Engine Data For Naturally Aspirated Engine .......................233, 234 Loader Buckets Capacities ........237 Operating Weights .....................237 Specifications - 590 Super M .........269 Backhoe Buckets Capacities .....273 Loader Buckets Capacities ........273 Operating Weights .....................272 Stabilizer Pads ...............................133 Cemetery Stabilizer Pads With Rubber Pads .....................134 Combination Flip-Over Stabilizer Pads ..................................135 Standard Two Position Stabilizer Pads ..................................134 Standard Bucket Level Indicator ....125 Standard Bucket Operation With 4-in-1 Bucket ......................................127 Standard Loader Bucket Part Number .

7 Standard Pedestal Seat ...................90 Standard Transmission Cleaning The Breather ...............198

Filter Replacement .................... 198 Standard Transmission Controls ..... 51 Clutch Cutout Button ................... 51 Standard Transmission Fluid Change .

198 Standard Transmission Serial Number 6 Standard Two Position Stabilizer Pads 134 Starting the Engine ........................ 104 Starting the Engine With A Turbocharger .......................... 105 Steering Wheel Tilt Lever ................ 50 Stop and Tail Lamp Replacement . 222 Stop and Tail Lamps ..................... 222 Storage Compartment Operator Manual ........................... 3 Sun Visor Option ........................... 101 Support Strut For Loader Lift Arms 163 Switch 4WD Front Axle .......................... 62 Air Conditioning Temperature ..... 61 Backhoe Pattern ......................... 85 Backhoe Quick Coupler (If Equipped) ........................... 73 Blower Fan .................................. 61 Driving Lamp ............................... 50 Flasher Lamp .............................. 49 Front Wiper ................................. 48 Front Work Lamp ........................ 49 Heater ......................................... 61 Key .............................................. 62 Loader Tool Quick Coupler ......... 49 Rear Horn ................................... 73 Rear Window Washer ................. 72 Rear Wiper .................................. 72 Rotating Beacon (If Equipped) .... 49 Switches Transmission kickdown ............... 53 System Test Modes ...................... 116 Systemgard Lubrication Analysis . 169, 184

T Tachometer ..................................... 69

292

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

V Vandal Lockup Kits ....................... 153 Voltmeter Gauge ............................. 70

W Walk Around Inspection ................ 104 Warning Lamp Air Filter Restriction ..................... 67 Alternator .................................... 66 Hydraulic Oil Filter ....................... 67 Low Engine Oil Pressure ............ 66 Low Fuel level ............................. 67 Rear Axle Temperature ............... 66 Wheel Nut and Bolt Torques Rear Wheel Mounting Nut Torque Procedure ......................... 157 Rear Wheel Mounting Nuts ....... 157 Wheel Nut and Bolts Torques Front Wheel Mounting Nut Torque Procedure ......................... 156 Wheels and Tires Adding Air To The Tires ............ 155 Procedure to Install the Tires .... 159 Tire Air Pressure ....................... 158 Tire Air Pressures ..................... 158 Tire Or Rim Service .................. 155 Window Latch ........................................... 98 Rear ............................................ 99 Retainer Release ........................ 98 Window Latch .................................. 98 Window Retainer Release ............... 98 Work Lamps, Vertical Adjustment . 225

U Unloading A Machine From A Trailer ..

120 Utility Safety Rules Message .......... 12

293

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Tether Strap .................................. 100 Throttle Hand ........................................... 72 Tire Air Pressure ........................... 158 Tire Or Rim Service ....................... 155 To The Owner Identification Numbers .................. 5 M Series Loader Backhoes ........... 1 Machine Components ............... 8, 9 Right, Left, Front and Rear of the Machine ................................ 4 Torque Charts, General ................ 281 Towing See Moving a Disabled Machine ....

117 Transmission Fluid Change (Standard Transmission) ................... 198 Fluid Level ................................. 197 Powershift Transmission (If Equipped) ......................... 199 Service Specifications ............... 197 Standard Transmission Fluid Change ............................. 198 Transmission Control Module, Powershift ................................. 54 Transmission Fluid Level .............. 197 Transmission Kickdown Switches ... 53 Transmission Lubrication .............. 197 Transmission Shift Lever ................. 51 Transporting the Machine on a Trailer 119 Travel Speeds 580 Super M ......... 247 Travel Speeds 580M ..................... 236 Travel Speeds 590 Super M ......... 271 Travel Speeds Super M + ............. 259 Turn Signal Lever ............................ 50 Turn Signal Replacement, Cab ..... 222 Two Battery System ...................... 220 Two Wheel Drive Front Axle ......... 177

TRIM THIS EDGE 294

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK AFTER FIRST 100 HOURS OF OPERATION OF NEW MACHINE Owners Name: Address: Dealers Name: Address: Machine Model Number:

Hourmeter Indication:

Machine Product Identification Number (P.I.N.): HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM

Check the reservoir fluid level.

Check the coolant levels.

Check pressure setting of main relief valve.

Check for leaks.

Replace the hydraulic oil filter.

Replace the transmission filter.

FUEL SYSTEM Check for leaks.

Check the fuel tank for water and sediment.

GENERAL Look for oil leaks and loose parts.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Tighten all hose clamps.

Check operation of starter, alternator, instruments, and warning lamps.

Check wheel nut torque.

Check operation of all lamps.

Check the operation of the foot and parking brakes.

Check operation of loader and backhoe.

LUBRICATION

Check operators seat for correct operation.

Lubricate all pivot points.

Check the oil level of the front drive axle (If equipped.

SAFETY Check the torque of the ROPS and seat belt mounting bolts.

Check the oil level of the rear axle.

Check the safety and informaiton decals, replace if necessary.

Check the oil level of the transmission.

ENGINE

Make sure the Operator’s Manual and Safety Manual are in the Manual Storage Box.

Check condition of drive belt.

Check engine oil level.

Check engine speed at idle and at full throttle.

Swing lock pin in storage compartment.

Service air cleaner.

DEALER: Make sure the owner and/or operator understands all the safety and information decals, the service information, and the service procedures in this manual.

Technician Signature: Dealer Signature: Owner Signature: Dealer Copy

295

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE (Section First Page) Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Check tire pressure.

Check the battery fluid level and specific gravity.

TRIM THIS EDGE 296

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK AFTER FIRST 100 HOURS OF OPERATION OF NEW MACHINE Owners Name: Address: Dealers Name: Address: Machine Model Number:

Hourmeter Indication:

Machine Product Identification Number (P.I.N.): HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM

Check the reservoir fluid level.

Check the coolant levels.

Check pressure setting of main relief valve.

Check for leaks.

Replace the hydraulic oil filter.

Replace thetransmission filter.

FUEL SYSTEM Check for leaks.

Check the fuel tank for water and sediment.

GENERAL Look for oil leaks and loose parts.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Tighten all hose clamps.

Check operation of starter, alternator, instruments, and warning lamps.

Check wheel nut torque.

Check operation of all lamps.

Check the operation of the foot and parking brakes.

Check operation of loader and backhoe.

LUBRICATION

Check operators seat for correct operation.

Lubricate all pivot points.

Check the oil level of the front drive axle (If equipped.

SAFETY Check the torque of the ROPS and seat belt mounting bolts.

Check the oil level of the rear axle.

Check the safety and informaiton decals, replace if necessary.

Check the oil level of the transmission.

ENGINE

Make sure the Operator’s Manual and Safety Manual are in the Manual Storage Box.

Check condition of drive belt.

Check engine oil level.

Check engine speed at idle and at full throttle.

Swing lock pin in storage compartment.

Service air cleaner.

DEALER: Make sure the owner and/or operator understands all the safety and information decals, the service information, and the service procedures in this manual.

Technician Signature: Dealer Signature: Owner Signature: Owners Copy

297

TRIM THIS EDGE RIGHT PAGE Bur 87592031na

TRIM THIS EDGE

Check tire pressure.

Check the battery fluid level and specific gravity.

TRIM THIS EDGE 298

TRIM THIS EDGE LEFT PAGE Bur 87592031na